Spectrum Access for Wireless Microphone Operations, 69387-69417 [2014-26675]
Download as PDF
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 225 / Friday, November 21, 2014 / Proposed Rules
(Authority: 38 U.S.C. 901, 40 U.S.C.
3103)
[FR Doc. 2014–27629 Filed 11–20–14; 8:45 am]
BILLING CODE 8320–01–P
DEPARTMENT OF THE INTERIOR
Bureau of Land Management
43 CFR Parts 2800 and 2880
[LLWO301000.L13400000]
RIN 1004–AE24
Competitive Processes, Terms, and
Conditions for Leasing Public Lands
for Solar and Wind Energy
Development and Technical Changes
and Corrections
AGENCY:
Bureau of Land Management,
Interior.
ACTION: Notice of proposed rulemaking;
extension of comment period.
On September 30, 2014, the
Bureau of Land Management (BLM)
published in the Federal Register with
a 60-day comment period a proposed
rule, to facilitate responsible solar and
wind energy development and to
receive fair market value for such
development. (79 FR 59021) The
proposed rule would promote the use of
preferred areas for solar and wind
energy development and establish
competitive processes, terms, and
conditions (including rental and
bonding requirements) for solar and
wind energy development rights-of-way
both inside and outside these preferred
areas. The proposed rule would also
make technical changes, corrections,
and clarifications to existing rights-ofway regulations. Some of these changes
would affect all rights-of-way and some
provisions would affect particular types
of actions, such as transmission lines
with a capacity of 100 Kilovolts (kV) or
more, or pipelines 10 inches or more in
diameter.
The BLM received requests to extend
the comment period of this proposed
rule. In response to these requests, the
BLM is extending the comment period
for 15 days beyond the end of the initial
comment period. As a result of this
extension, the comment period will now
close on December 16, 2014.
DATES: Send your comments on this
proposed rule to the BLM on or before
December 16, 2014. The BLM need not
consider, or include in the
administrative record for the final rule,
comments that the BLM receives after
the close of the comment period or
comments delivered to an address other
than those listed below (see ADDRESSES).
rljohnson on DSK3VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS
SUMMARY:
VerDate Sep<11>2014
14:52 Nov 20, 2014
Jkt 235001
Mail: U.S. Department of
the Interior, Director (630), Bureau of
Land Management, Mail Stop 2134 LM,
1849 C St. NW., Washington, DC 20240,
Attention: 1004–AE24. Personal or
messenger delivery: Bureau of Land
Management, 20 M Street SE., Room
2134 LM, Attention: Regulatory Affairs,
Washington, DC 20003. Federal
eRulemaking Portal: https://
www.regulations.gov. Follow the
instructions at this Web site.
FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT: Ray
Brady, Bureau of Land Management, at
202–912–7312, for information relating
to the BLM’s solar and wind renewable
energy programs, or the substance of the
proposed rule. For information
pertaining to the changes made for any
transmission line with a capacity of 100
kV or more, or any pipeline 10 inches
or more in diameter you may contact
Lucas Lucero at 202–912–7342. For
information on procedural matters or
the rulemaking process you may contact
Jean Sonneman at 202–912–7405.
Persons who use a telecommunications
device for the deaf (TDD) may call the
Federal Information Relay Service
(FIRS) at 1–800–877–8339, to contact
the above individuals.
SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:
ADDRESSES:
Public Comment Procedures
If you wish to comment, you may
submit your comments by any one of
the several methods listed in the
ADDRESSES section.
Please make your comments as
specific as possible by confining them to
issues directly related to the content of
the proposed rule, and explain the basis
for your comments. The comments and
recommendations that will be most
useful and likely to influence agency
decisions are:
1. Those supported by quantitative
information or studies; and
2. Those that include citations to, and
analyses of, the applicable laws and
regulations.
The BLM is not obligated to consider
or include in the Administrative Record
for the rule comments received after the
close of the comment period (see DATES)
or comments delivered to an address
other than those listed above (see
ADDRESSES).
Comments, including names and
street addresses of respondents, will be
available for public review at the
address listed under ADDRESSES during
regular hours (7:45 a.m. to 4:15 p.m.),
Monday through Friday, except
holidays.
Before including your address,
telephone number, email address, or
other personal identifying information
PO 00000
Frm 00011
Fmt 4702
Sfmt 4702
69387
in your comment, be advised that your
entire comment—including your
personal identifying information—may
be made publicly available at any time.
While you can ask in your comment to
withhold from public review your
personal identifying information, we
cannot guarantee that we will be able to
do so.
Janice M. Schneider,
Assistant Secretary, Land and Minerals
Management.
[FR Doc. 2014–27639 Filed 11–20–14; 8:45 am]
BILLING CODE 4310–84–P
FEDERAL COMMUNICATIONS
COMMISSION
47 CFR Part 74
[GN Docket Nos. 14–166 and 12–268; FCC
14–145]
Spectrum Access for Wireless
Microphone Operations
Federal Communications
Commission.
ACTION: Proposed rule.
AGENCY:
This document initiates a
proceeding to address how to
accommodate the long-term needs of
wireless microphone users. Wireless
microphones play an important role in
enabling broadcasters and other video
programming networks to serve
consumers, including as they cover
breaking news and broadcast live sports
events. They enhance event productions
in a variety of settings—including
theaters and music venues, film studios,
conventions, corporate events, houses of
worship, and internet webcasts. They
also help create high quality content
that consumers demand and value.
Recent actions by the Commission, and
in particular the repurposing of
broadcast television band spectrum for
wireless services set forth in the
Incentive Auction R&O, will
significantly alter the regulatory
environment in which wireless
microphones operate, which
necessitates our addressing how to
accommodate wireless microphone
users in the future.
DATES: Comments must be filed on or
before January 5, 2015, and reply
comments must be filed on or before
January 26, 2015.
FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT: Paul
Murray, Office of Engineering and
Technology, (202) 418–0688, email:
Paul Murray@fcc.gov, TTY (202) 418–
2989.
ADDRESSES: You may submit comments,
identified by GN Docket Nos. 14–166
SUMMARY:
E:\FR\FM\21NOP1.SGM
21NOP1
rljohnson on DSK3VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS
69388
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 225 / Friday, November 21, 2014 / Proposed Rules
and 12–268, by any of the following
methods:
D Federal Communications
Commission’s Web site: https://
fjallfoss.fcc.gov/ecfs2/. Follow the
instructions for submitting comments.
D Mail: Paul Murray, Office of
Engineering and Technology, Federal
Communications Commission, Room
6A162.
D People with Disabilities: Contact the
FCC to request reasonable
accommodations (accessible format
documents, sign language interpreters,
CART, etc.) by email: FCC504@fcc.gov
or phone: 202–418–0530 or TTY: 202–
418–0432.
SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION: This is a
summary of the Commission’s Notice of
Proposed Rulemaking, GN Docket Nos.
14–166 and 16–268, FCC 14–145,
adopted September 30, 2014, and
released September 30, 2014. The full
text of this document is available for
inspection and copying during normal
business hours in the FCC Reference
Center (Room CY–A257), 445 12th
Street SW., Washington, DC 20554. The
complete text of this document also may
be purchased from the Commission’s
copy contractor, Best Copy and Printing,
Inc., 445 12th Street SW., Room, CY–
B402, Washington, DC 20554. The full
text may also be downloaded at:
www.fcc.gov. Pursuant to §§ 1.415 and
1.419 of the Commission’s rules, 47 CFR
1.415, 1.419, interested parties may file
comments and reply comments on or
before the dates indicated on the first
page of this document. Comments may
be filed using the Commission’s
Electronic Comment Filing System
(ECFS). See Electronic Filing of
Documents in Rulemaking Proceedings,
63 FR 24121 (1998).
D Electronic Filers: Comments may be
filed electronically using the Internet by
accessing the ECFS: https://
fjallfoss.fcc.gov/ecfs2/.
D Paper Filers: Parties who choose to
file by paper must file an original and
one copy of each filing. If more than one
docket or rulemaking number appears in
the caption of this proceeding, filers
must submit two additional copies for
each additional docket or rulemaking
number. Filings can be sent by hand or
messenger delivery, by commercial
overnight courier, or by first-class or
overnight U.S. Postal Service mail. All
filings must be addressed to the
Commission’s Secretary, Office of the
Secretary, Federal Communications
Commission.
D All hand-delivered or messengerdelivered paper filings for the
Commission’s Secretary must be
delivered to FCC Headquarters at 445
VerDate Sep<11>2014
14:52 Nov 20, 2014
Jkt 235001
12th St. SW., Room TW–A325,
Washington, DC 20554. The filing hours
are 8:00 a.m. to 7:00 p.m. All hand
deliveries must be held together with
rubber bands or fasteners. Any
envelopes and boxes must be disposed
of before entering the building.
D Commercial overnight mail (other
than U.S. Postal Service Express Mail
and Priority Mail) must be sent to 9300
East Hampton Drive, Capitol Heights,
MD 20743.
D U.S. Postal Service first-class,
Express, and Priority mail must be
addressed to 445 12th Street SW.,
Washington DC 20554.
People with Disabilities: To request
materials in accessible formats for
people with disabilities (braille, large
print, electronic files, audio format),
send an email to fcc504@fcc.gov or call
the Consumer & Governmental Affairs
Bureau at 202–418–0530 (voice), 202–
418–0432 (tty).
Summary of Notice of Proposed
Rulemaking
1. In the Notice of Proposed
Rulemaking (NPRM), the Commission
examines wireless microphone users’
needs and technologies that can address
them, and seek comment on a variety of
existing and new spectrum bands that
might accommodate those respective
needs. The Commission seeks ways of
improving access to the TV band
spectrum that remains available for
wireless microphones, as well as how to
facilitate the transition of wireless
microphones out of the 600 MHz Band
spectrum repurposed for wireless
services. In addition, it examines access
to other spectrum bands where wireless
microphones currently operate, propose
various revisions, and seek comment on
potential revisions that may better
accommodate wireless microphones in
these bands, while protecting the
interests of other users that may operate
in these bands. Further, the Commission
seeks comment on proposals for
authorizing wireless microphone
operations in additional spectrum
bands, consistent with its overall
spectrum management goals. The
Commission intends to enable the
development of a suite of wireless
microphone devices and applications,
and to provide wireless microphone
users with access to spectrum through
efficient and effective sharing of the
spectrum with other users.
Bands Currently Available for Wireless
Microphones
2. Over the years, the Commission has
authorized wireless microphone
operations in different spectrum bands
to accommodate the growing use of
PO 00000
Frm 00012
Fmt 4702
Sfmt 4702
these devices by different users. The
technical and operational rules for
wireless microphone operations in these
different bands have varied, depending
on the band, and generally are designed
to enable wireless microphone users to
operate in shared bands along with
other users. The Commission has
authorized wireless microphones to
operate both on a licensed basis, limited
to specified users, and on an unlicensed
basis.
3. Recent actions affecting operations
in the TV bands. In recent years, the
Commission has taken several actions in
three proceedings affecting the TV band
spectrum—which have involved the
repurposing of UHF TV band spectrum
for wireless services in the 700 MHz
band (channels 52–69, the 698–806
MHz band), the development of rules for
TV White Spaces (TVWS) devices in the
TV bands, and the repurposing of the
600 MHz Band that will follow the
upcoming incentive auction—that have
affected and will affect the future
availability of spectrum for wireless
microphone uses in these bands. As
discussed throughout the NPRM, these
proceedings inform the instant
proceeding, providing the foundation
for many of the issues that we are
addressing as part of our comprehensive
evaluation of how to accommodate
wireless microphone uses both in the
near and longer term.
4. In January 2010, following the
repurposing of TV channels 51–69 in
the 700 MHz band for wireless services,
the Commission adopted the TV Bands
Wireless Microphones R&O and FNPRM
(WT Dockets 08–166 and 08–167, ET
Docket No. 10–24), 75 FR 9113, March
1, 2010, which required that all wireless
microphones cease operations on the
700 MHz band no later than June 12,
2010, one year after the end of the DTV
transition. In that decision, the
Commission also first authorized
unlicensed wireless microphone
operations in the TV band spectrum
(channels 2–51, except channel 37),
pursuant to a limited waiver and certain
part 15 rules, pending adoption of final
rules for unlicensed operations in the
TV bands.
5. In September 2010, the
Commission adopted the TV White
Spaces Second MO&O, 75 FR 75814,
December 6, 2010, which took several
actions that affected the availability of
the TV band spectrum for wireless
microphones, including adopting rules
pursuant to which wireless microphone
users and unlicensed TVWS device
users would have access to unused TV
band channels. Specifically, the
Commission provided that the two
unused television channels (where
E:\FR\FM\21NOP1.SGM
21NOP1
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 225 / Friday, November 21, 2014 / Proposed Rules
available) nearest channel 37 (above and
below) would be designated for wireless
microphone operations and not be made
available for TVWS devices. The
Commission also provided that, to the
extent that unused TV channels were
available for use by both wireless
microphones and TVWS devices at a
particular location, licensed wireless
microphone operators and certain
qualifying unlicensed wireless
microphone operators could obtain
interference protection from TVWS
devices by reserving channels at the
specified locations during the times of
operation through use of the TV bands
databases.
6. In the Incentive Auction R&O, 79
FR 48441, August 15, 2014, the
Commission adopted rules to
implement the broadcast television
spectrum incentive auction, which will
involve reorganizing the existing
television band and repurposing a
portion of the UHF television band for
new wireless broadband services, and
which will affect wireless microphone
operations across the current TV bands.
The Commission took several actions to
accommodate wireless microphone
operations, including making rule
revisions to provide additional
opportunities for wireless microphone
operations in the bands that will remain
allocated for television following the
incentive auction, permitting wireless
microphone operations in the newlydesignated 600 MHz Band guard bands,
and providing for a transition period to
give wireless microphone users that will
need to cease operating in the spectrum
repurposed for 600 MHz Band wireless
services sufficient time to replace their
equipment and move operations to other
spectrum bands available for wireless
microphone uses.
7. Finally, concurrent with adoption
of the Incentive Auction R&O, the
Commission adopted the TV Bands
Wireless Microphones Second R&O to
broaden the eligibility for wireless
microphone operations in the TV bands
to include entities that regularly utilize
a substantial number of wireless
microphones for large events and
productions and which have the same
needs for interference protection as
existing LPAS licensees. Specifically,
the Commission expanded Part 74 LPAS
eligibility to include qualifying
professional sound companies and
operators of large venues that routinely
use 50 or more wireless microphones.
8. Table of bands in which wireless
microphones are authorized today. In
the following table, the Commission set
forth the bands in which wireless
microphones and related audio devices
generally operate today pursuant to the
Commission’s rules.
Licensed/unlicensed
26.1–26.48 MHz (VHF) ...................................................................................
161.625–161.775 MHz (VHF) .........................................................................
Portions of 169–172 MHz band (VHF) ...........................................................
88–108 MHz (FM) ...........................................................................................
450–451, 455–456 MHz (UHF) ......................................................................
54–72, 76–88, 174–216, 470–608, 614–698 MHz (VHF and UHF) ..............
Licensed .....................................................
Licensed .....................................................
Licensed .....................................................
Unlicensed ..................................................
Licensed .....................................................
Licensed and unlicensed ...........................
944–952 MHz (UHF) .......................................................................................
902–928 MHz, 2.4 GHz, 5 GHz (ISM bands) ................................................
1920–1930 MHz (unlicensed PCS) ................................................................
Ultra-wideband (3.1–10.6 GHz) ......................................................................
rljohnson on DSK3VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS
Frequency band
Licensed .....................................................
Unlicensed ..................................................
Unlicensed ..................................................
Unlicensed ..................................................
9. Additional spectrum resources
used by wireless microphone operators.
Apart from operating wireless
microphones in the bands where
wireless microphones are specifically
authorized, as identified in the table
above, some wireless microphone users
have gained access to other bands for
temporary operations under specified
conditions. For instance, in recent years
professional sound engineering
companies providing major event
productions (e.g., major sports events)
have obtained conditional access to the
1435–1525 MHz band for wireless
microphone operations on a temporary,
location-specific basis pursuant to timelimited grants of Special Temporary
Authority (STA). In seeking temporary
access to this spectrum, which is
allocated for Aeronautical Mobile
Telemetry (AMT) services, these parties
have represented that the spectrum
resources otherwise available to them at
those locations are insufficient to enable
them to provide the desired level of
coverage for scheduled events, and they
must fully coordinate their operations
with representatives of the AMT service.
VerDate Sep<11>2014
14:52 Nov 20, 2014
Jkt 235001
Overview of Operations Today
10. Most wireless microphones users
today operate their devices on a
secondary basis in the TV bands, with
most operations occurring in the UHF
TV bands. This use can be attributed to
several factors. The TV bands have long
been licensed for wireless microphone
operations by broadcasters and similar
program producers, where they have
had access to many unused television
channels. In addition, this spectrum has
favorable propagation conditions, the
signals do not suffer significantly as a
result of body loss, antenna sizes are
manageable, and there is relatively
lower power consumption leading to
longer battery life—all of which can be
helpful for many wireless microphone
purposes. Manufacturers have supplied
numerous devices, operating on varying
segments of the TV bands that provide
a range of users with wireless
microphones suitable for their different
needs. Although there has at times been
a shortage of sufficient available
channels in major cities and congested
areas, where unused channels are
limited and numerous microphones
PO 00000
Frm 00013
Fmt 4702
Sfmt 4702
69389
Rule part
Part 74.
Part 74.
Part 90.
Part 15.
Part 74.
Part 74 and Part 15
(waiver).
Part 74.
Part 15.
Part 15.
Part 15.
might be needed for particular events,
the overall availability of spectrum in
the TV bands has enabled wireless
microphone users generally to address
their needs.
Overall Framework for Addressing
Wireless Microphone Needs
11. The Commission seeks to develop
a full record and framework for
understanding the various needs of
different wireless microphone users and
the types of microphones that
effectively can address those needs.
Users and Uses
12. Given that many different types of
users employ wireless microphones in a
variety of settings, we seek to develop
a more complete record on the various
different users of wireless microphones
and to better understand their particular
needs for wireless microphones.
Wireless microphone operations range
from professional uses, with the need
for numerous high-performance
microphones along with other
microphones, to the need for a handheld
microphone to transmit voice
communications, to a range of different
E:\FR\FM\21NOP1.SGM
21NOP1
rljohnson on DSK3VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS
69390
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 225 / Friday, November 21, 2014 / Proposed Rules
uses and needs for different numbers of
microphones in a given setting.
13. The Commission seeks comment
on the different groups of wireless
microphone operators and their various
uses of microphones, including the
particular applications served by the
microphones, the types and number of
devices used, the extent to which the
devices are analog or digital, the settings
in which they are used, and the
frequency bands they use. The
Commission asks that the different user
groups, or the manufacturers of
products for these groups, provide
detailed information about the
particular nature of wireless
microphone uses by different groups of
users.
14. The Commission starts by asking
for specific information from
broadcasters, who have relied heavily
on access to the TV bands, regarding
their wireless microphone uses and
needs. For instance, what are their
specific needs for wireless microphones
with regard to ENG? What kinds of
wireless microphones are used, and to
what extent are the TV bands currently
used for these microphones? What is the
full range of types of devices and
applications needed? What is the range
of quality of microphones that are
needed, in terms of performance quality,
voice representation, latency, etc. The
Commission asks that commenters
discuss the different types of wireless
microphones that may be needed in for
different applications, including the
microphones that need to have high
audio quality as well as those that do
not require such high fidelity.
Recognizing that different numbers of
microphones may be used in different
settings both in studio and on an
itinerant basis, what number of
microphones are used in which
settings? Do broadcasters make use of
bands outside of the TV bands, and if
so, in what ways and for what type of
applications? The Commission asks
commenters to provide information on
the range of devices and types of
applications that they employ, and the
bands in which they operate.
15. Similarly, The Commission
requests information from the other
licensed users of the TV bands,
including movie and cable program
producers, other content producers, as
well as the newly eligible sound
engineering companies and large venue
operators, about their uses and needs. It
asks for comment on the same types of
issues, including current uses, the
operational environment in which they
may operate, the numbers that may be
used, the range in quality of
microphones used, the bands used for
VerDate Sep<11>2014
14:52 Nov 20, 2014
Jkt 235001
different wireless microphone
applications, etc.
16. In addition the Commission seeks
comment from other wireless
microphone users, large and small, that
use wireless microphones in numerous
settings. As discussed, these users
include convention and conference
centers, corporations, schools, houses of
worship, theme parks, music bands,
internet webcasts, karaoke bars, and
numerous other users. What are their
particular wireless microphone uses,
what types of devices do they use, the
numbers used depending on the
settings, in which bands, etc.?
17. As noted, users range from the
professional user, who may employ
many microphones and coordinate their
operations with other uses in the band,
to the amateur user who may use only
one microphone. We seek general
comment on how the Commission
should be thinking about these different
types of users as it evaluates how to
accommodate these users and uses over
the long term.
18. The Commission also seeks
comment on the nature of the demand
for wireless microphones by various
wireless microphone users. Have users
been employing more wireless
microphones in recent years? Has
demand for their use changed, and is it
growing? It requests that commenters
provide a full explanation of the nature
of their wireless microphone uses today
and what they anticipate their uses will
be in the future.
Suitability of Different Bands
19. The Commission seeks comment
on additional ways in which it could
accommodate various wireless
microphone operations in different
bands, which include a range of
frequencies as low as the television VHF
bands and as high as 7 GHz. These
bands also vary in terms of potentially
available bandwidth, including some
with very small channel bandwidth. In
addition, some of these bands are
available for wireless microphone use
only on a licensed basis, while others
only an unlicensed basis.
20. The Commission seeks comment
on how the nature of different bands,
including the propagation features that
are associated with them, should inform
our consideration of how to
accommodate wireless microphones.
For what types of applications is lower
band spectrum most suitable? What
types of uses can be effective in middle
or higher frequency bands? How much
bandwidth is necessary for different
types of wireless microphone uses?
What kinds of applications are most
suitable for unlicensed operations?
PO 00000
Frm 00014
Fmt 4702
Sfmt 4702
Development, Manufacturing, and
Distribution of New Types of Wireless
Microphones
21. As the Commission explores how
to accommodate wireless microphones
uses in different bands, it seeks
comment on the factors that
manufacturers take into account as they
consider and evaluate whether to
develop and manufacture new devices
for distribution in the near and longer
term. The Commission seeks general
comment here on these various factors,
and expects that commenters also
would address these considerations
with regard to the discussion specific
bands and proposals in Section III of the
NPRM.
22. As manufacturers consider
developing new wireless microphone
devices in different bands, to what
extent do the propagation features, the
size of band, that potential availability
(or lack of availability) of different
segments of the band, the extent to
which the band allows licensed or
unlicensed uses, the technical rules
(existing or as revised), the certainty
that the band will continue to be
available over the long term, or other
aspects contribute to the likelihood that
new devices will be made for a
particular band? What factors do
manufactures consider with respect to
developing different types of wireless
microphones for different users and
applications, whether for highest audio
quality or for communications that does
not require such performance quality?
What kinds of economic factors do
manufacturers consider? How important
are economies of scale? To what extent
will manufacturers develop
microphones that are designed only for
niche markets? To what extent do
considerations of the harmonization of
potential harmonization of our rules
with those of other countries affect a
manufacturer’s decision to develop new
microphones?
23. In addition, assuming the
Commission was to adopt revised rules,
or make available additional spectrum
for access by wireless microphone
operators, it seeks comment on
manufacturer’s expectations regarding
the time-to-market for newly developed
devices. What factors would enable
devices to be developed and introduced
quickly into the marketplace? Based on
these factors, are certain bands more
likely candidates for nearer term
introduction of devices than others?
What factors would result in
introduction of new devices only over
the longer term? What are reasonable
timelines for the development,
manufacture, marketing, and
E:\FR\FM\21NOP1.SGM
21NOP1
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 225 / Friday, November 21, 2014 / Proposed Rules
rljohnson on DSK3VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS
distribution for new wireless
microphones, and what factors
contribute to shorter or longer
timelines? The Commission invites
comment on any other related factors
that we should consider.
Transition Issues
24. With the likelihood of there being
less UHF television band spectrum
available for wireless microphone
operators following the incentive
auction, the Commission invites general
comment on a range issues affecting
transitioning of wireless microphone
users—whether to the use of different
devices operating outside of repurposed
600 MHz Band spectrum, or the use of
devices in different bands that can
effectively serve their needs in a more
efficient fashion.
25. Although the precise amount of
TV bands spectrum that will be
repurposed will be known only
following the auction, we anticipate that
many wireless microphone users will
need to move their operations out of the
repurposed spectrum no later than 39
months following issuance of the
Channel Reassignment PN. At the same
time, many wireless microphone users
accessing spectrum that may remain
allocated for television services may
seek to transition to different devices,
including more efficient digital devices,
or replace older devices, that may
operate both in the bands likely to
remain allocated for television or in
other bands. The Commission invites
comment on these transition issues, the
extent to which they are interrelated,
and how best to ensure that wireless
microphone users transition to new,
more efficient devices to the full extent
possible.
26. What types of actions would
facilitate the transitions that will be
required in order to accommodate
different wireless microphone operators’
needs over the long term? As the
Commission considers these various
transition issues, what lessons might be
drawn from the transition of wireless
microphone operations out of the 700
MHz band following the repurposing of
that band? How can we best
communicate the nature of the
transitions along with the necessary
actions users must undertake to the
large community of disparate
microphone users? What timeframes are
needed for users of various size and
sophistication to plan for, purchase, and
install new systems? How is this
affected by users’ decisions to remain in
the TV bands or to migrate to other
bands and types of microphones?
27. What actions should the
Commission, wireless microphone
VerDate Sep<11>2014
14:52 Nov 20, 2014
Jkt 235001
manufacturers and distributors, and
organizations representing wireless
microphone users take to facilitate a
smooth transition out of the repurposed
600 MHz Band, and to promote the use
of more efficient devices to the extent
possible, including devices that operate
outside of the TV bands? For instance,
should users be encouraged to transition
their operations to new devices that
meet their needs in a more efficient
manner, such as digital devices? Is there
a particular role that the Commission
should play in helping inform
consumers of these transitions and the
types of devices in different bands that
can accommodate their respective
needs?
28. As the Commission considers
these transition issues, it requests
information on the timeframes that may
be necessary for design, manufacture,
certification, and marketing of new
wireless microphone devices, such as
those that would include any technical
changes that we may adopt in this
proceeding. What considerations or
factors affect these timeframes?
Similarly, the Commission seeks
comment on the life-cycles and/or
replacement cycles associated with
different wireless microphones. What
are the general life cycles associated
with different wireless microphones,
including both high-end microphones
and consumer devices? What types of
factors, other than regulatory changes,
necessitate replacement or otherwise
affect or influence decisions by
particular users to purchase new
equipment? Given that different users
are continually replacing equipment,
what steps should the Commission or
manufacturers be taking now and in the
future to help address wireless
microphone users’ needs over the long
term?
Operations in Other Countries
29. The Commission invites comment
on whether the regulatory schemes for
wireless microphone operations in other
countries should inform our approach
in this proceeding. Are there other
regulatory models that are particularly
effective? Would any of those models be
appropriate for particular bands as we
consider revisions to our rules?
Promoting Technological Advances
30. As the Commission seeks to
accommodate the needs of wireless
microphone operators, it also seeks to
leverage technological advances that can
help ensure that these needs can be met
effectively, and in a manner that
promotes the efficient use of spectrum.
The Commission explores here the
PO 00000
Frm 00015
Fmt 4702
Sfmt 4702
69391
kinds of technological advances that
achieve these goals.
Advances in Wireless Microphone
Radio Technologies
31. Advances in analog and digital
transmission. The Commission has
already sought comment on the extent
to which wireless microphone users
today use analog or digital devices. Most
users in the TV bands currently use
analog devices, though digital devices
increasingly are being developed and
sold for operations in the TV bands. In
other bands, devices today may be only
analog or digital, or both. The
Commission seeks to develop a full
record here regarding technological
developments in the basic design of
wireless microphones that can enable
more efficient wireless microphone
operations, whether analog or digital,
and promoting their uses in various
spectrum bands.
32. The Commission begins by asking
for comment on the state of analog and
digital wireless microphone
technologies that are available for use
today. It asks that commenters address
the state of technologies available in the
different bands. Are there improvements
in analog technologies that are enabling
more efficient uses for various wireless
microphone applications? What are
they, and what additional efficiency
gains are foreseen? What about for
digital technologies? The Commission
asks that commenters provide detailed
information about the kinds of
improvements in digital technologies
that are being made with respect to
microphone’s performance capabilities
for different types of uses.
33. In those bands in which both
analog and digital devices operate, to
what extent can the use of analog
devices or digital devices, or some
combination of the two, affect whether
the spectrum is being used most
efficiently to serve wireless microphone
users’ needs? While the Commission
recognizes, that analog devices may be
appropriate or necessary at this time for
certain types of applications, digital
devices can be effective for others, and
we seek comment on the range of
efficiency gains that may be possible
depending on whether analog or digital
devices, or a mix of the two, are used.
34. In particular, the Commission
requests that commenters provide
information on the state of analog and
digital technologies that operate in the
TV bands, and the extent to which
operators are using the most efficient
microphones that can serve their
particular needs. In earlier proceedings,
the Commission has noted that the
number of analog wireless microphones
E:\FR\FM\21NOP1.SGM
21NOP1
rljohnson on DSK3VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS
69392
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 225 / Friday, November 21, 2014 / Proposed Rules
operating on a six-megahertz television
channel may be as few as 6–8
microphones. More recently,
manufacturers have developed
microphones that operate more
efficiently, including analog
microphones that may allow twice that
number on a six megahertz channel. The
Commission asks that commenters
provide information technological
advancements that enable more efficient
analog use. To what extent does the
number of wireless microphones that
can be deployed on a channel number
depend on the power levels used, other
operational factors, or the specific
application(s) for which the wireless
microphone is being used? Similarly,
how many digital devices can operate
on a television channel, and what
operational factors or use factors might
affect this number?
35. The Commission also invites
comment on analog and digital devices
in other bands, and the numbers of
wireless microphones that can be
accommodated by use of those
particular technologies. In bands where
analog devices are being used, are they
necessary in these bands or can digital
devices be used instead? What steps can
manufacturers take to make analog and
digital devices more efficient, if any?
How much more efficient could these
devices be, and how many more
microphones might be able to operate
on the same amount of spectrum, and
for what types of uses? Do
manufacturers have plans to take such
steps, and if not, why not?
36. The Commission requests that
commenters fully address the benefits
and tradeoffs associated with use of
analog and digital technologies. In
earlier proceedings on the TV bands,
wireless microphone manufacturers
have indicated that analog devices may
be necessary for certain types of uses
(e.g., those with need for high quality
audio, with lower latency). The
Commission seeks to develop a full
record on this issue, and seek comment
on the extent to which this may
continue to be the case. For what types
of applications are analog devices
necessary or appropriate? For what
types of operations are digital devices
well suited? To what extent are
improvements in digital technologies
(e.g., reductions in latency,
improvements in fidelity) enabling more
wireless microphone applications to be
effectively served through digital
technologies?
37. Are there rule changes that the
Commission can adopt generally, or
with respect to operations in particular
bands, that would help promote more
efficient use of spectrum by wireless
VerDate Sep<11>2014
14:52 Nov 20, 2014
Jkt 235001
microphone operations, whether analog
or digital? For instance, are there
technological standards for wireless
microphone devices that should be
adopted, such as the European
Telecommunications Standards Institute
(ETSI) standards for analog and digital
emission masks, that would help
promote more efficient use? Should
such standards apply to particular
operations in particular bands, or be
adopted more generally across bands?
As more efficient standards are
developed, what actions should the
Commission take to ensure that these
standards are utilized by wireless
microphone manufacturers in the future
or that our rules are updated where
necessary or appropriate?
38. To the extent more efficient analog
or digital devices can effectively serve
the needs of particular users, the
Commission seeks comment on how
best to encourage wireless microphone
users to employ these more efficient
technologies. Is the transition to more
efficient devices already occurring?
Have users been migrating to the use of
more efficient wireless microphones,
and if so how and why? Are
manufacturers and distributors taking
steps to promote the transition to use of
more efficient wireless microphones in
cases in which those microphones
would be effective in meeting the needs
of the particular users? What role
should manufacturers and distributors
play in this respect?
39. Considering that use of more
efficient wireless microphones is an
important component of
accommodating wireless microphone
users’ needs in the future, what actions
should the Commission take to
encourage or promote the use of more
efficient technologies? Should it require
the use of digital technologies for
certain types of uses, and if so, by what
mechanisms would we accomplish that?
Should we phase out the certification or
sale of inefficient wireless microphone
technologies, and if so, how would we
define ‘‘inefficient,’’ and in what bands
and on what timetable?
40. Use of general purpose wireless
standards. The past several decades
have seen widespread development and
deployment of ‘‘general purpose’’
wireless technology standards that may
be used for a wide variety of end-user
applications. For example, the 802.11
family of standards serves as the basis
of Wi-Fi technologies in the 2.4, 5 GHz
bands, and other bands; the DECT
standard provides for digital audio
transmission in the 1920–1930 MHz
band; and the LTE standard serves,
increasingly, as a basis for broadband
transmissions in several different
PO 00000
Frm 00016
Fmt 4702
Sfmt 4702
licensed spectrum bands. The
Commission inquires about the extent to
which these, and other, general purpose
technologies are now, or will be in the
future, suitable for use in the wireless
microphone context. The Commission is
specifically interested to understand
what kinds of use cases are appropriate
for general-purpose wireless
technologies and which are not. To
what extent do general purpose
technologies increase the ability of
wireless microphones to share spectrum
with other kinds of applications (e.g., in
the Wi-Fi bands, discussed in Section
III.C., of the NPRM), thereby potentially
increasing the quantity of spectrum
available for wireless microphones?
Could the use of such technologies
potentially improve performance and
reduce cost of wireless microphone
equipment? Should the Commission
endeavor to promote the use of general
purpose wireless technologies by
wireless microphone users? What are
the tradeoffs?
Other Technological Advancements
41. The Commission seeks comment
on other technological developments
that could promote more opportunities
for accommodating wireless
microphone operations in different
bands over the longer term.
Developments in these areas are not
mutually exclusive.
42. Equipment with replaceable
components. The Commission seeks
comment on the development of
replaceable components (e.g., modules)
for the transmitters and receivers in the
wireless microphone systems that
operate on specific frequencies and can
be exchanged with different
components that operate on other
frequencies available for wireless
microphone operations. The use of such
components potentially could reduce
the costs to consumers to the extent
changes need to be made in the way
they operate their microphones in the
future, e.g. in the event that the certain
frequencies are no longer available to
them, or if they update their equipment
to newer, more efficient devices that
may be capable of dynamically using
the spectrum. Do wireless microphones
today incorporate modular radio
components? Do manufacturers
contemplate including this kind of
modularity in future models? To what
extent would such components mitigate
the costs of replacing wireless
microphones that may no longer be
permitted on certain frequencies? To
what extent do they add new costs? If
manufacturers are not including these
component features, why not? Are there
performance tradeoffs associated with
E:\FR\FM\21NOP1.SGM
21NOP1
rljohnson on DSK3VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 225 / Friday, November 21, 2014 / Proposed Rules
respect to including such components?
What steps, if any, should the
Commission take to promote the use of
such microphones in certain bands,
such as the TV bands?
43. Tunability of Equipment within
Bands. The Commission ask for
comment on the extent to which
equipment is designed to be tunable
within a band. Which types of
microphones are tunable for which
types of users? Are tunable microphones
marketed only to more sophisticated
users? What costs are associated with
designing a tunable wireless
microphone system? Do manufacturers
anticipate developing more tunable
microphones in the future? The
Commission requests that commenters
explain their considerations when
determining whether or not to design
tunable microphones.
44. Multi-Band Equipment. The
Commission invites comment on the
extent to which manufacturers are, or in
the future will be, developing wireless
microphones that can operate in more
than one spectrum band. What kinds of
technical or other issues are raised, and
to what extent would these issues vary
to the bands may not be adjacent or
nearby? For instance, to what extent
might this raise design issues (e.g.,
antenna, battery, or other component
issues)? Could these devices help ensure
that users have devices that can meet
their needs when operating at locations
where the availability of spectrum in
different bands may vary? Could
development of such devices promote
economies of scale? Could they help
ensure that users purchasing such
devices would be more assured of
having access to the spectrum resources
they need? If there were multi-band
devices, could this allow greater
reliability that the microphones could
address users’ needs depending on the
particular locations where those
wireless microphones were needed?
What are the tradeoffs with regard to
developing such devices?
45. Use of databases. Wireless
microphone technologies today do not
use a database as a mechanism for
indicating to the wireless microphone
user that particular frequencies in a
particular area were available, such as at
particular locations that were not being
used by other users with priority over
the wireless microphone users. White
space devices operating in the TV bands
must access a database to determine that
spectrum is available for their
operations and that they would not
potentially be interfering with other
users at specified locations and times.
Would wireless microphone systems
potentially benefit from the ability to
VerDate Sep<11>2014
14:52 Nov 20, 2014
Jkt 235001
access to a database? Could requiring
use of a database for gaining access to
spectrum in a particular band or
identifying particular locations and
times where they may operate without
causing interference to other users in
the band help to mitigate or eliminate
the concerns of other users in the band
that wireless microphone operations
might cause harmful interference to
these other users? What might be the
costs and benefits of developing and
using a database, and would these differ
depending on the needs of particular
types of wireless microphone users?
46. Electronic key or similar
mechanisms. Are there particular
technologies, such as an ‘‘electronic
key’’ or similar mechanism, that would
ensure that a wireless microphone
device be able to access and operate
only on particular frequencies at
particular locations and times, but
nowhere else, thus eliminating the
potential for harmful interference to
other users (such as other users with
primary or superior spectrum rights are
particularly sensitive to harmful
interference) and by so doing provide
additional opportunities for wireless
microphone operations in bands? Are
there other approaches that would
effectively limit wireless microphone
operation to particular locations, thus
protecting other operators from harmful
interference? The Commission seeks
broad comment on the development and
use of these types of mechanisms and
the tradeoffs or practicalities associated
with them. Are there particular
scenarios or bands in which use of these
mechanisms could provide additional
opportunities to access spectrum?
47. Use of other technologies that
promote opportunities to access
additional spectrum. The Commission
seeks comment on other technological
advancements that could promote
greater opportunities for wireless
microphones to share use of spectrum in
different bands. Are there technological
advances that are currently available or
contemplated that better enable wireless
microphones to adjust dynamically to a
particular interference environment,
either automatically or through
coordination, to promote more efficient
use among the wireless microphones or
among wireless microphones and other
users in the band? For instance, could
devices that include sophisticated
dynamic power variability capabilities
help promote more intensive use of the
spectrum resource in a given area?
Would these more dynamic capabilities
enable wireless microphones to vary or
adjust power levels to minimize or
eliminate interference to other users in
a particular setting, or facilitate more re-
PO 00000
Frm 00017
Fmt 4702
Sfmt 4702
69393
use of the available spectrum? The
Commission invites comment on
whether technological advances along
these lines could both facilitate more
efficient use of the spectrum while also
helping to ensure that they do not cause
harmful interference to other users of
the spectrum. Are there technologies
that could enable certain wireless
microphone applications to operate on
spectrum licensed to wireless providers,
subject to agreements reached with such
providers? Are there other technological
advancements that could help
accommodate the various different
wireless microphone users’ needs over
the longer term? What are they? Are
there actions the Commission should
take to promote these developments so
that they occur in a timely fashion?
Operations in Specific Bands
48. In this section, the Commission
examines opportunities for wireless
microphone operations in different
spectrum bands—both those in which
wireless microphones currently are
authorized to operate and other bands
that may hold potential for
accommodating wireless microphone
uses, whether in the near or longer term.
VHF/UHF Television Bands
49. As set forth in the Incentive
Auction R&O, the current VHF/UHF
television bands (channels 2–51, except
channel 37) will be reorganized
following the upcoming incentive
auction. As a result of this auction, the
amount of spectrum allocated for
television services will be reduced and
repacked, some of the current TV bands
spectrum will be designated for 600
MHz Band guard bands (including the
duplex gap), and other TV bands
spectrum will be repurposed for 600
MHz Band wireless services. These
revisions will affect wireless
microphone operations, which currently
operate throughout in existing TV
bands, in several ways. The Commission
seeks comment on wireless microphone
operations with respect to each of these
bands—the TV bands, the 600 MHz
Band guard bands, and the 600 MHz
Band being repurposed for wireless
services.
Discussion
50. In this section, the Commission
seeks comment on Part 74 rule revisions
that we can make to accommodate
licensed wireless microphone (and
other LPAS) operations in the VHF and
UHF spectrum in the repacked TV
bands that will continue to be available
for TV broadcast services following the
incentive auction. We also invite
comment on how best to facilitate the
E:\FR\FM\21NOP1.SGM
21NOP1
69394
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 225 / Friday, November 21, 2014 / Proposed Rules
smooth transition of wireless
microphones out of the repurposed 600
MHz Band following the incentive
auction.
51. In this proceeding, the
Commission does not address certain
issues relating to wireless microphone
operations in the TV bands and in the
repurposed 600 MHz Band since these
matters will be addressed instead in the
part 15 proceeding. In particular, we do
not here address the rules for
unlicensed wireless microphone
operations in the TV bands and the
repurposed 600 MHz Band, which will
be addressed as part of the part 15
proceeding. Similarly, the Commission
does not address in this proceeding, the
technical rules for operations of
unlicensed wireless microphones in the
guard bands, including the duplex gap.
Nor does it address here the technical
rules for licensed wireless microphone
operations in the duplex gap, since the
technical issues relating to their
operations are intertwined with the
technical issues concerning unlicensed
operations in the duplex gap and
protection of licensed operations
outside of the duplex gap. Finally, the
Commission will address revisions
pertaining to the white spaces databases
in our part 15 proceeding.
rljohnson on DSK3VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS
TV Bands
52. In this proceeding, the
Commission invited comments on
potential revisions to the existing rules
for part 74 wireless microphones (and
other LPAS) operations in the spectrum
that will remain allocated for TV
services following the repacking
process. Specifically, it invites comment
on revisions to the technical rules for
LPAS operations on the VHF band; on
permitting licensed LPAS operations on
channels in locations closer to the
television stations (including within the
DTV contour), without the need for
coordination, provided that the
television signal falls below specified
technical thresholds; on adoption of the
ETSI emission mask standard for analog
and digital wireless microphones; and
general comment on other potential
revisions concerning licensed LPAS
operations in the TV bands.
VHF Band Revisions
53. Background. Under the existing
technical rules for LPAS operations
under part 74, licensed wireless
microphone users that operate on a
secondary basis in the VHF band
(channels 2–13) operate generally under
the same technical rules as for
operations in the UHF bands. However,
with respect to power levels, VHF band
operations are restricted to no more than
VerDate Sep<11>2014
14:52 Nov 20, 2014
Jkt 235001
50 mW, well below the 250 mW levels
permitted for operations in the UHF
bands. The Commission notes that
several manufacturers have developed
wireless microphones that make use this
VHF spectrum. Our understanding,
however, is that licensees make only
limited use of this band for wireless
microphone operations due to the
limited power levels permitted.
54. Discussion. The Commission seeks
comment on the current uses of the VHF
television channels for wireless
microphone operations, and the
potential for expanding use of this
spectrum for wireless microphone
operations in the future. Are there
technical impediments to making
greater use of this spectrum for wireless
microphones?
55. In particular, the Commission
invites comment on whether it should
revise the power limits for LPAS
operations in the VHF band to conform
to those applicable for LPAS devices in
the UHF television band? What would
be the benefits or risks associated with
making such revisions? Due to the
propagation characteristics of this band,
would allowing higher power limits
raise concerns regarding potential
interference to TV stations operating in
the VHF bands or the wireless video
assist devices that operate in the upper
VHF band? Would the minimum cochannel separation distance of 4
kilometer from the contour need to be
increased? If so, to what distance? Or
could a tiered requirement be
implemented, such as where wireless
microphones operating at 50 mW or less
could comply with the 4 kilometer
separation distance, while higher power
operations would have to comply with
a greater separation distance? The
Commission asks that commenters
explain fully the benefits or risks,
including the kinds of wireless
microphone operations that would be
facilitated by such changes.
56. The Commission also invites
comment on any other rule revisions
concerning use of the VHF television
spectrum that would facilitate more use
of this spectrum for wireless
microphone operations. It asks that
commenters provide specifics about any
proposals, and address the benefits and
risks associated with such changes.
Licensed Co-Channel Operations Closer
Than Specified Separation Distances
57. In this proceeding, the
Commission seeks to develop a more
extensive record on whether it should
permit licensed wireless microphone
operations on a co-channel basis closer
than the generally applicable separation
distances set forth in our rules, without
PO 00000
Frm 00018
Fmt 4702
Sfmt 4702
the need for coordination, provided that
certain specified conditions at the
locations where the wireless
microphone operations would take
place. Our goal is to provide more
opportunities for licensed wireless
microphone operations in the spectrum
that will continue to be allocated for
television services where the wireless
microphone operations would not cause
harmful interference to TV operations.
Permitting such operations could help
ensure that licensed operators have
access to more channels, particularly in
indoor locations.
58. The Commission proposes to
allow LPAS licensees to operate cochannel with television closer to the
television station than provided by the
separation distance rules, including
inside the DTV contour, in those
locations in which the co-channel TV
signal is below a specified threshold,
which would indicate that the over-theair TV signal unlikely to be received or
receivable. Provided that an appropriate
TV signal threshold were established,
we believe that such a rule serve to
ensure that wireless microphone
operations could have access to
additional channels in the TV bands
spectrum without causing harmful
interference to any over-the-air
television viewers at those particular
locations.
59. If the Commission takes this
approach, what would the suitable TV
signal threshold be? One commenter in
the incentive auction proceeding
proposed that the suitable threshold
would be ¥80 dBm over 200 kHz. The
Commission seeks comment on this
threshold, or any other suitable
threshold. It asks that commenters
provide technical analyses of the
threshold that they propose that we
adopt.
60. In addition, the Commission
requests comment on whether, apart
from establishing such a TV signal
threshold, it should adopt any other
safeguards to ensure that licensed
wireless microphone operators comply
with this threshold and do not
otherwise cause harmful interference to
TV reception. The Commission notes at
the outset that because we would limit
these types of operations to licensed
wireless microphone users, we would
expect such users to have the requisite
wireless microphone systems, as well as
technical and operational abilities, to be
able to determine the level of the cochannel TV signals at a given location,
and thus would be able to comply with
any threshold rule that we adopted. Is
this a reasonable expectation? To what
extent would a wireless microphone
operation require a low TV signal to be
E:\FR\FM\21NOP1.SGM
21NOP1
rljohnson on DSK3VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 225 / Friday, November 21, 2014 / Proposed Rules
able operate effectively on a co-channel
basis? Should we require licensed
wireless microphone users to register
their co-channel operations in the TV
bands databases, which could provide
information to any television licensee
concerned about possible harmful
interference? Are there other actions we
should take?
61. As an alternative approach, the
Commission seeks comment on whether
it should permit co-channel licensed
wireless microphone operations in
indoor venues, such as in theaters or
music auditoriums. Could an
appropriate approach towards indoor
operations be developed that would also
effectively preclude harmful
interference to any potential TV viewers
at indoor locations? For instance, could
certain locations be readily identified
where wireless microphone operations
can be permitted, provided of course
that they are operated consistent with
applicable technical requirements,
including power limits and out-ofbound emissions requirements? Or,
considering that in order to operate
effectively wireless microphones need
access to channels that are sufficiently
interference-free, is it reasonable to
expect that co-channel wireless
microphone operations would only take
place in indoor locations on channels
with relatively low or effectively nonexistent TV signal, and thus conclude
that such operations would not be likely
to effectively harm TV viewers? Some
commenters in the incentive auction
proceeding suggested that such
operations may already take place
without incident. As the Commission
explores this approach, it seeks
comment on the benefits or downsides
of allowing licensed wireless
microphone operations at indoor
locations, or at specified types of indoor
locations. The Commission asks that
commenters provide any technical
analysis bases for their
recommendations.
62. The Commission also invites
comment on other approaches that it
should take on expanding wireless
microphone operations on a co-channel
basis closer to television station
operations. Again, commenters
proposing any alternative approaches
should provide technical analyses to
support their approaches, and discuss
the benefits of such an approach and
how their approaches would not cause
harmful interference to channels that
would be used for wireless microphone
operations.
VerDate Sep<11>2014
14:52 Nov 20, 2014
Jkt 235001
Adoption of ETSI Emission Mask
Standards for Analog and Digital
Wireless Microphones
63. To promote more efficient use of
the available channels in the spectrum
in the TV bands spectrum, the
Commission proposes revising the
emission masks applicable to wireless
microphones and LPAS devices, both
with respect to analog and digital
wireless microphones, to comply with
the applicable ETSI standards for analog
and digital wireless microphones that
operate over 200 kHz channels.
Specifically, the Commission proposes
to require that emissions from analog
and digital unlicensed wireless
microphones comply with the emission
masks in Section 8.3 of ETSI EN 300
422–1, Electromagnetic compatibility
and Radio spectrum Matters (ERM);
Wireless microphones in the 25 MHz to
3 GHz frequency range; Part 1:
Technical characteristics and methods
of measurement. The Commission
believes that requiring wireless
microphones to meet these tighter
emission requirements will protect
authorized services in adjacent bands
from harmful interference, and will
improve spectrum sharing by wireless
microphones. We seek comment on this
proposal.
64. In particular, the Commission
seeks comment on the benefits of
requiring unlicensed wireless
microphones to comply with the ETSI
limits, and whether these benefits
would outweigh the costs. To what
extent would adoption of the standards
improve the efficiency of wireless
microphone operations? If so, in what
ways? To what extent would more
microphones, whether analog or digital,
be able to make use of the TV bands
spectrum? Are these limits necessary to
protect authorized services in adjacent
frequency bands? To what extent would
compliance with the proposed limits
improve spectrum sharing by wireless
microphones? To what extent have
wireless microphone manufacturers
developed wireless microphones that
already comply with these standards?
Would equipment manufacturers have
difficulty in complying with these
limits? Would a requirement to meet the
ETSI standard affect the cost of a
wireless microphone system?
65. The Commission also seeks
comment on whether we should specify
separate emission masks for analog and
digital microphones, or whether a single
mask is sufficient. For example, ETSI
EN 300 422–1 suggests that its mask for
digital microphones could also be used
for analog microphones. If we were to
decide to adopt these standards, how
PO 00000
Frm 00019
Fmt 4702
Sfmt 4702
69395
quickly should we require new devices
to comply with the new standards?
Because the ETSI emission masks are
defined only over a frequency range of
plus or minus one megahertz from the
wireless microphone carrier frequency,
we seek comment on the emission limits
that should apply outside of this
frequency range. For example, should
this limit be the same as the emission
limits at the outer edges of the ETSI
masks (¥90 dBc)? Is some other limit
more appropriate?
66. In addition to the ETSI standards,
or as an alternative, are there other
technical standards that the
Commission should adopt to promote
more efficient use of the spectrum
available for wireless microphone
operations in the TV bands? If so, the
Commission asks that commenters
explain the bases for adoption of these
standards, along with the associated
benefits or potential costs. How quickly
should the Commission require that
wireless microphones comply with such
standards?
Other TV Bands Revisions
67. The Commission also seeks
comment generally on whether the
Commission should adopt any other
rule revisions for operations of wireless
microphones in the TV bands spectrum
that would facilitate more effective and
efficient operations in these bands in a
manner that would be consistent with
the secondary status of LPAS operations
in the band. To the extent that
commenters contend that other rule
revisions would be appropriate, the
Commission asks that commenters
provide detailed information on reasons
for the proposed changes and the types
of specific rules that they advocate.
Eligibility for Licensed Operations in
the Duplex Gap
68. In the Incentive Auction R&O, the
Commission provided that broadcasters
and cable programming networks using
wireless microphones on a licensed
basis would be able to obtain
interference protection from unlicensed
devices in a portion of the duplex gap
at specified times and locations, on an
as-needed basis. The Commission is
addressing the technical issues
concerning licensed wireless
microphone operations in the duplex
gap in the companion part 15
proceeding.
69. The Commission seeks comment
on whether it should expand eligibility
for licensed wireless microphone
operations in the duplex gap to include
all of the entities eligible for part 74
LPAS licenses in the TV bands. Would
expanding eligibility to those entities
E:\FR\FM\21NOP1.SGM
21NOP1
69396
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 225 / Friday, November 21, 2014 / Proposed Rules
rljohnson on DSK3VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS
eligible for part 74 LPAS licenses in the
TV bands create problems for
broadcasters or cable programming
networks operating on this spectrum, or
would these different users for the most
part operate at different locations, such
that their operations would not likely
interfere with each other?
Transition Out of the 600 MHz Band
Repurposed for Wireless Services
70. The Commission seeks comment
on how best to facilitate a smooth
transition as wireless microphone and
other LPAS users cease their operations
on the repurposed 600 MHz Band
frequencies no later than the end of the
post-auction transition period (i.e., 39
months after the issuance of the
Channel Reassignment PN). Achieving a
smooth transition will involve actions
by the Commission, by manufacturers
and distributors of wireless
microphones, and by the various
wireless microphone operators
themselves, both licensed and
unlicensed users. Although the specific
UHF band frequencies that will be
repurposed for 600 MHz Band wireless
services will not be known until
following the incentive auction,
beginning preparation for transition as
soon as possible will contribute to a
smoother transition.
71. The Commission also seeks
comment on steps it should take to
facilitate a smooth transition in which
wireless microphone operations vacate
the repurposed spectrum in the 600
MHz Band. The Commission asks for
comment on the extent to which
consumer education and outreach can
help to achieve this goal, and the means
by which information can be made
available to wireless microphone users
in order to inform them of the need to
vacate the band. The Commission also
requests that commenters address
whether labeling requirements, such as
point of sale disclosure, can help to
facilitate the transition. In addition, it
proposes revising our rules to prohibit
certification of part 74 wireless
microphones that operate in repurposed
600 MHz Band spectrum beginning nine
months after the release of the Channel
Reassignment PN, and to prohibit the
manufacture, import, sale, offer for sale,
or shipment of such wireless
microphones in the 600 MHz band in
the United States, 18 months after the
release of the Channel Reassignment
PN. Finally, we propose to modify by
rule LPAS licenses with frequencies that
will be in the repurposed 600 MHz band
and to delete these frequencies from
LPAS licenses because they will not be
available for such use after the end of
the transition.
VerDate Sep<11>2014
14:52 Nov 20, 2014
Jkt 235001
72. In addition to the specific issues
the Commission raise, comments should
discuss how particular steps will
promote ready access to the repurposed
spectrum by 600 MHz Band wireless
licensees, while at the same time
providing for an orderly transition
process for secondary and unlicensed
users that currently are serving various
important consumer needs using this
spectrum.
Consumer Education and Outreach;
Disclosure Requirements
73. The Commission seeks comment
on how to inform users of wireless
microphones on the steps necessary to
prevent interference to new wireless
operations in the 600 MHz spectrum,
consistent with the Commission’s goals
expressed in the Incentive Auction R&O.
The Commission anticipates that there
will be a need for significant education
and outreach directed at wireless
microphone users that must commence
well before the auction and continue for
a number of years beyond the end of the
39-month transition period. These
education and outreach efforts must be
undertaken by the Commission,
manufacturers, wireless microphone
users groups, and relevant trade
publications and other possible sources
of information for wireless microphone
users. As a companion to these efforts
to educate consumer awareness on
developments concerning the operation
of wireless microphones, the
Commission also proposes requiring
that written disclosures accompany new
devices at the point of sale to provide
further education to wireless
microphone users on the devices’
operations.
74. Consumer Education and
Outreach. The commission seeks
comment on the consumer education
and outreach efforts that should be
employed to educate wireless
microphone users, particularly
unlicensed users operating in the
repurposed 600 MHz band. Our goals
are to make information available so
users are aware that they must cease
operating their wireless microphones on
the repurposed 600 MHz Band no later
than the end of the transition period
(i.e., 39 months after the release of the
Channel Reassignment PN); to set in
motion a process so they are aware of
relevant factors concerning the
operation of wireless microphones that
are currently in use; and to establish a
means for users to locate additional
spectrum and equipment for their
operations. A successful consumer
education and outreach campaign will
involve the Commission staff working
with a broad group of interested entities,
PO 00000
Frm 00020
Fmt 4702
Sfmt 4702
including wireless microphone
manufacturers, wireless microphones
users, and user representatives.
75. Given that a portion of the UHF
spectrum that is currently used and
available for wireless microphone
operations may no longer be available
following the incentive auction, the
Commission seeks comment on how
wireless microphone users can be
provided access to information on the
specific frequencies and the geographic
areas of repurposed spectrum that will
no longer be available for wireless
microphone use at the end of the
transition. What specific information
should be provided to wireless
microphone users to ensure that they
know the requirements for operating in
the repurposed spectrum during the
transition period and the need to exit
the band by the end of the transition?
Although the Channel Reassignment PN
will provide information on the
spectrum that will be repurposed and
no longer available for wireless
microphones, first the Commission
seeks comment on what steps can be
taken to provide wireless microphone
users with information on the transition
prior to the auction. For example, it
seeks comment on whether explanations
could be provided on the Commission’s
Web site and on the Web sites of
manufacturers that would explain the
steps required under the Commission’s
rules to vacate the repurposed 600 MHz
Band, and any information on
alternative spectrum that is currently
available outside of this spectrum, as
well any additional spectrum bands that
may become available for wireless
microphone operations beyond those
already provided for in the rules.
76. What other means should be
employed to provide wireless
microphone users notice of the
repurposed spectrum that will be
assigned to new wireless licensees,
including the specific frequencies in the
UHF spectrum and the geographic
locations that will no longer be available
for wireless microphone operations?
The Commission seeks comment on
whether it would it be beneficial for
wireless microphone users to have
access to a database that identifies
spectrum in the repurposed 600 MHz
Band. For example, should some form of
online mapping tool be made available
to allow users to enter the location and
operating frequencies of a wireless
microphone and determine whether it
operates in the repurposed 600 MHz
Band? In the event that a database or
similar approach is adopted, the
Commission seeks comment on who
should be responsible for developing
and maintaining (hosting) it, including
E:\FR\FM\21NOP1.SGM
21NOP1
rljohnson on DSK3VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 225 / Friday, November 21, 2014 / Proposed Rules
who should be responsible for its cost.
Commenters should provide
quantitative and qualitative data on
costs and benefits of their proposals.
77. Further, should the Commission
work with wireless microphone
manufacturers to obtain information on
models of wireless microphones that the
Commission could list on its Web site?
For example, this information could
include a list of all models of wireless
microphones sold in the U.S., and all
wireless microphone models that
operate in the repurposed 600 MHz
Band, as well as where on the device or
in its product literature the user could
look to determine the frequencies on
which it is capable of operating. The
Commission seeks comment on whether
making this type of information
publically available would help to
facilitate a smooth transition from the
600 MHz Band. It also seeks comment
on the costs and benefits of this
approach, as well as alternative
approaches.
78. In addition to steps that may
involve manufacturers, the Commission
seeks comment on what steps other
parties associated with the sale and
operation of wireless microphones may
be able to take to provide users with
information relevant to the transition.
These other parties may include:
Wireless microphone distributors and
retailers; parties that lease or manage
wireless microphones; trade
associations and user groups, including
those that have participated in
Commission proceedings concerning
wireless microphones; organizations
that host Web sites and publish
information that addresses wireless
microphone operations and use or are
reasonably expected to have significant
numbers of wireless microphone users
among their members and readers; and
engineering and industry associations or
other groups with members that use or
operate wireless microphones.
Involvement in education and outreach
by these parties will be essential, given
users’ investment in wireless
microphone equipment and the
upcoming changes regarding wireless
microphone use, including the
requirement that they vacate the 600
MHz Band. Further, it is important that
education and outreach extend to
information concerning any newlyallocated spectrum for wireless
microphone operations and the
potential for users to opt for a suite of
wireless microphones operating in
different spectrum bands and with
different capabilities, depending on the
user’s specific requirements. The
Commission notes that wireless
microphone users can encompass a
VerDate Sep<11>2014
14:52 Nov 20, 2014
Jkt 235001
wide range of entities, including both
licensed and unlicensed users, and
parties with differing levels of wireless
microphone needs and expertise
covering many different applications.
Based on these considerations, it is
likely that the need for information on
the various spectrum bands that will be
available for wireless microphone
operations, and the conditions specific
to each, will be vital. The Commission
seeks comment on these matters, and on
what steps can be taken to assure that
the information to educate users on the
transition will be commensurate with
the appropriate needs and levels of
expertise of all users.
79. The Commission seeks comment
on what additional information it
should make available for wireless
microphone users, including
Commission-issued consumer ‘‘fact
sheets’’ and ‘‘frequently asked
questions’’ (FAQ’s) which would
address, among other matters,
information on operation in the 600
MHz Band, the reason for the need to
operate on frequencies outside of that
band following the transition, the
availability of other frequency bands for
wireless microphone use, and the need
to comply with Commission rules. The
Commission further seeks comment on
how to release or distribute these
materials in order to most effectively
and efficiently reach the target audience
of wireless microphone users.
80. The Commission seeks comment
on the specific actions that wireless
microphone manufacturers, distributors,
retailers and other entities comprising
the wireless microphone community
should take to inform the wide range of
wireless microphone users about the
ongoing developments concerning
wireless microphone use—particularly
the need to vacate the repurposed 600
MHz Band, the timetable for doing so,
and the conditions for operating in the
band during the transition period. The
Commission seeks comment on whether
and to what extent these entities can
make this type of information available,
including, as appropriate, by posting it
on their Web sites, including it in all
sales literature, or taking other steps to
inform current or potential wireless
microphone users of matters concerning
the operation of their devices. The
Commission also seeks comment on
whether manufacturers would consider
rebates, equipment trade-ins, or similar
programs to facilitate the transition, and
what effect the 39-month transition
period would have on a decision to
implement such a program. In addition,
we seek comment on the economic costs
and benefits of adopting consumer
outreach measures.
PO 00000
Frm 00021
Fmt 4702
Sfmt 4702
69397
81. Disclosure Requirements. The
Commission proposes to revise its
point-of-sale disclosure requirement
that the Commission adopted in the
Wireless Microphone Report and Order
in order to provide information to
wireless microphone users that may
have to purchase or lease new
equipment so that they can vacate the
repurposed 600 MHz Band. In the TV
Bands Wireless Microphones Report and
Order, the Commission adopted a pointof-sale requirement to help assure that
consumers were informed of their rights
and obligations if they chose to operate
wireless microphones and other low
power auxiliary stations in the core TV
bands (defined in the rule as channels
2–51, excluding channel 37).
Specifically, the Commission adopted a
requirement for manufacturers and
distributors of wireless microphones
that operate in the core TV bands to
provide a written disclosure informing
consumers of the requirements for
operating devices in that spectrum and
to display the disclosure at the point of
sale and on their Web sites. The
Commission also provided that persons
who manufacture or market wireless
microphones destined for export and
capable of operating in the 700 MHz
Band must include labeling stating that
the devices cannot be used in the
United States.
82. The Commission proposes to
revise the existing point-of-sale
disclosure requirement in order to
facilitate a smoother transition in which
wireless microphone users are informed
of the need to vacate the repurposed 600
MHz Band, while fully understanding
their rights and obligations during the
transition period and at the end of the
transition period. With regard to sales of
wireless microphones that are capable
of operating in repurposed spectrum, it
proposes to require that such sales
include point-of-sale disclosures that
inform buyers that they are buying a
microphone that cannot be used in
certain frequencies following the
transition. The Commission also seeks
comment on how point-of-sale
disclosures could be designed to
effectively address any ban on
manufacturing and marketing of
wireless microphones that are capable
of operating in the repurposed 600 MHz
Band. The Commission proposes that
the revised point-of-sale disclosures
should direct buyers to the
manufacturer’s toll free telephone
number or the manufacturer’s Web site
where the buyer can obtain more
detailed information on the extent to
which the microphone may be affected
by repurposing the600 MHz Band.
E:\FR\FM\21NOP1.SGM
21NOP1
69398
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 225 / Friday, November 21, 2014 / Proposed Rules
rljohnson on DSK3VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS
Should it retain the existing language in
the point-of-sale disclosure requirement
that includes the Commission’s toll free
number and the Commission’s Web site
where users can obtain additional
information on the operation of wireless
microphones during the transition
period and after the transition period?
What other information should be
included in the disclosure?
83. The Commission proposes that the
effective date for any disclosure
requirement, including a point-of-sale
requirement, which it may adopt in
connection with this or a related
proceeding, shall be 18 months after the
release of the Channel Reassignment
PN—which will mark the effective date
of channel reassignments based on the
repacking process, specify any specific
channel assignments for television
stations that will continue to broadcast,
and start the clock running on the postauction transition period—or should
some other date be used instead? The
Commission seeks comment on the
particular factors that should enter into
this determination. It notes that in
adopting the current disclosure
requirement, the Commission stated that
it would remain in effect until the
effective date of the final rules adopted
in response to the 2010 TV Bands
Wireless Microphones FNPRM.
Post-Auction Prohibition of the
Certification, Manufacture, or
Marketing of LPAS Devices Operating
on the 600 MHz Band
84. All wireless microphones that
now operate in the TV bands are
certified as compliant with Part 74,
Subpart H of the Commission’s rules.
The Commission decided in the
Incentive Auction R&O that all wireless
microphones that operate in the portion
of the TV bands that will be repurposed
for licensed wireless services may
continue to operate in that spectrum
during the post-auction transition
period but must cease those operations
no later than 39 months after release of
the Channel Reassignment PN. At the
end of the post-auction transition,
licensed microphones will be permitted
to operate in a portion of the duplex
gap, and unlicensed wireless
microphones will be permitted to
operate in the guard bands and duplex
gap.
85. Because of these future changes in
the permitted operating frequency range
for wireless microphones, plus the rule
changes for these devices that we
propose in the NPRM and in the Part 15
NPRM, the Commission need to
establish cutoff dates for the
certification, manufacturing, and
marketing of wireless microphones in
VerDate Sep<11>2014
14:52 Nov 20, 2014
Jkt 235001
the repurposed spectrum to ensure that
manufacturers cease making and
marketing equipment that cannot be
legally used after a certain date. Cutoff
dates will encourage manufacturers to
concentrate on developing wireless
microphones that operate in compliance
with new part 74 and part 15 rules.
Because similar technical requirements
would apply to both licensed and
unlicensed wireless microphones, the
Commission proposes to apply to both
the same transition rules for
certification, manufacturing, and
marketing. This approach would be the
least disruptive to wireless microphone
manufacturers and users. The NPRM
addresses these issues for licensed
wireless microphones, and the Part 15
NPRM addresses these issues for
unlicensed wireless microphones.
86. Because wireless microphones
will no longer be authorized to operate
in the 600 MHz Band beyond 39 months
after the release of the Channel
Reassignment PN, the Commission
proposes revising its rules to prohibit
the certification, manufacture, import,
sale, lease, offer for sale or lease, or
shipment (collectively, ‘‘manufacture or
marketing’’) of wireless microphones
devices intended for use in the
repurposed 600 MHz Band in the
United States. The Commission
proposes taking this action pursuant to
its authority under section 302(a) of the
Communications Act.
87. The Commission proposes this
prohibition to ensure that wireless
microphones will vacate the 600 MHz
spectrum by the end of the transition.
This action would be consistent with
Commission actions when it required
wireless microphones to cease operating
in the former TV bands that were
repurposed for 700 MHz Band wireless
services and prohibited the
manufacturer and marketing of wireless
microphones intended for use in the 700
MHz Band. The Commission is
concerned that without this prohibition
there may be greater potential for
unauthorized use in the repurposed 600
MHz Band, given the difficulty in
educating users about the scope of the
devices’ operations and problems we
may otherwise encounter in enforcing a
requirement that all wireless
microphones users leave the band by
the end of the transition. The
Commission seeks comment on this
proposal. It notes, however, that some
frequencies may not be cleared
nationwide as a result of the incentive
auction, creating some impaired blocks
in the 600 MHz Band. The Commission
proposes that parties may no longer
submit applications to certify part 74
wireless microphones that operate in
PO 00000
Frm 00022
Fmt 4702
Sfmt 4702
repurposed TV spectrum beginning nine
months after the release of the Channel
Reassignment PN. It also proposes that
we will not certify wireless
microphones under part 74 that would
operate in the 600 MHz guard bands or
the unlicensed portion of the duplex
gap. The Commission seeks comment on
these proposals. In particular, it seeks
comment on the appropriateness of the
proposed cutoff dates. Should we
provide longer or shorter time periods?
Should we also require that, in any
event, parties may not submit
applications to certify wireless
microphones that operate in repurposed
TV spectrum later than 24 months after
the effective date of the service rules we
adopt in this proceeding, and
microphones that do not comply with
the new rules may not be manufactured
and marketed later than 33 months after
the effective date of the service rules the
Commission adopts in this proceeding?
88. The Commission also proposes
that the effective date of any prohibition
on manufacturing or marketing these
devices will be 18 months after the
release of the Channel Reassignment
PN. The Commission notes that the
particular frequencies that will need to
be vacated will not be known until the
release of the Channel Reassignment
PN, although parties have been on
notice since at least 2012 that wireless
microphones may have to transition out
of portions of the 600 MHz Band. The
Commission also seeks comment on the
extent to which manufacturers and
other entities have already begun to
educate current and potential wireless
microphone users about the potential
for a transition out of the 600 MHz
Band. In addition, the Commission
seeks comment on the economic costs
and benefits of different effective dates
for the proposed prohibition on
manufacturing or marketing.
89. Finally, to the extent that the
Commission determines to prohibit
such manufacture or marketing, we
propose that any such ban would not
apply to devices manufactured in the
United States solely for export. It seeks
comment on this proposal.
Modification of LPAS Licenses To
Remove Authorization for Operations
on the 600 MHz Band
90. Pursuant to our authority under
Section 316 of the Communications Act,
the Commission proposes to modify
existing LPAS licenses, to the extent
necessary, to delete frequencies
identified as repurposed for the 600
MHz Band in the Channel Reassignment
PN, effective on the date that the postauction transition period ends. The
Commission has already taken action in
E:\FR\FM\21NOP1.SGM
21NOP1
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 225 / Friday, November 21, 2014 / Proposed Rules
rljohnson on DSK3VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS
the TV Bands Wireless Microphones
Second Report and Order adopted
earlier this year to ensure that any LPAS
licenses granted between the effective
date of that order and the end of the
post-auction transition period would be
subject to the condition that operation
in the repurposed 600 MHz Band must
cease by the end of the post-auction
transition period.
91. The Commission’s proposed
actions in the instant proceeding would
similarly modify, to the extent
necessary, all other LPAS licenses
granted prior to the effective date of TV
Bands Wireless Microphone Second
Report and Order that authorize
operations on frequencies that will be
repurposed for the 600 MHz Band. In
addition, the Commission proposes that
following these license modifications,
the LPAS licenses will continue to
include authorization to use all
frequencies currently included in those
licenses other than the repurposed 600
MHz Band. Finally, we propose that if
a licensed user must cease operations of
a wireless microphone prior to the end
of the post-auction transition period
(i.e., because it causes harmful
interference to any 600 MHz licensee’s
operations), the license relating to that
wireless microphone will be modified
automatically without Commission
action to delete the authorization to
operate on the repurposed 600 MHz
Band, effective on the date that
operations are required to cease.
92. The Commission seeks comment
on these proposals, and on the extent to
which their adoption would promote
the public interest by facilitating the
clearing of all licensed wireless
microphone operations from the
repurposed 600 MHz Band by the end
of the transition period.
26.100–26.480 MHz, 161.625–161.775
MHz, 450–451 MHz, and 455–456 MHz
Bands
93. The Commission seeks comment
on the current use of these bands for
wireless microphone operations, and
the future for more expansive use of
these bands. What particular types of
wireless microphones are used in the
bands, and for which types of
applications are they best suited.
Considering the small bandwidths
available in each of these bands, what
kinds of limitations are there on the
types of applications that can be served
using these bands? How many
microphones can operate on these bands
using today’s technologies? Are there
technological advances that may
promote more intensive use? The
Commission seeks comment on any
potential revisions that it should make
VerDate Sep<11>2014
14:52 Nov 20, 2014
Jkt 235001
to facilitate the use of these bands for
wireless microphone operations.
88–108 MHz FM Band
94. Background. Over the years there
have been some wireless microphone
operations in the 88–108 MHz FM band
on an unlicensed basis. As discussed,
wireless microphone operations on this
spectrum was permitted before wireless
microphones were authorized to access
any channels in the TV bands. Wireless
microphones that comply with the rules
for unlicensed device operations in this
band, as sets forth in § 5.239 of our part
15 rules, may operate on no more than
a 200 kHz bandwidths with low
emissions (field strength of emissions
must not exceed 250 microvolts/meter
at 3 meters).
95. Discussion. To what extent do
wireless microphone users continue to
make use of this band for their
operations? If so, for what types of
wireless microphone applications? To
what extent will use of the spectrum in
this band be useful for accommodating
wireless microphone users’ needs in the
future? Are there any rule revisions that
would facilitate use of this spectrum
while also preserving these channels for
use by the primary FM broadcast
services? The Commission asks that
commenters proposing any rule
revisions submit technical information
in support of their proposals, as well as
analysis of the benefits of such revisions
and likely impact on FM broadcasters.
169–172 MHz Band
96. Background. Under the
Commission’s part 90 rules, entities
eligible to hold a Public Safety Pool or
Industrial/Business Pool license may
operate wireless microphones on a
secondary basis on certain frequencies
in the 169–172 MHz band, which is
allocated primarily for federal use.
Specifically, these rules permit wireless
microphones to be operated on only
eight frequencies: 169.445 MHz, 169.505
MHz, 170.245 MHz, 170.305 MHz,
171.045 MHz, 171.105 MHz, 171.845
MHz, and 171.905 MHz. The emission
bandwidth may not exceed 54 kHz, the
frequency stability of the microphones
must limit the total emission to within
± 32.5 kHz of the assigned frequency,
and operations may not exceed an
output power level of 50 milliwatts.
Entities eligible to operate wireless
microphones under the part 90 rules
include a variety of users, including
those eligible to hold LPAS licenses
under part 74 as well as many other
entities, including: state and local
government entities; commercial
entities in general; educational,
philanthropic or ecclesiastical
PO 00000
Frm 00023
Fmt 4702
Sfmt 4702
69399
institutions; clergy; hospitals; clinics;
and medical associations.
97. Wireless microphone operations
are not protected from other licensed
operations in the band and must not
cause interference to any government or
non-government operations, and
wireless microphone license
applications are subject to government
coordination. The federal systems in the
band are required to be capable of
narrowband operations on 12.5 kHz
channels. The other non-federal
licensed operations in the band, which
also are secondary to the federal
allocation in the band, operate on
narrowband channels and include: (1)
operations by licensees on 36 specified
assignable channels, no larger than
11.25 kHz, between 169.425 MHz and
171.925 MHz, for the purpose of
transmitting hydrological or
meteorological data: (2) operations by
licensees on 9 assignable channels, no
larger than 11.25 kHz, between 170.425
MHz and 172.375 MHz, for forest
firefighting and conservation purposes
(four assignable east of the Mississippi
River and five assignable west of the
Mississippi River); and (3) operations
assignable on one 11.25 kHz channel for
public safety activities; and remote
pickup broadcast stations on one 12.5
kHz channel at 170.15 MHz in certain
parts of the country.
98. In the 2010 TV Bands Wireless
Microphones R&O and FNPRM, the
Commission sought comment on
whether it should revise these part 90
rules to facilitate broader wireless
microphone use in these frequencies.
Some commenters in that proceeding
suggested that operating in this band
may offer additional opportunities for
some licensed wireless microphone
operations, though several indicated
that wireless microphone operations
under these rules may not currently
provide a viable option for all wireless
microphone users, particularly where
‘‘premium professional audio quality’’ is
required. One comment also indicated
that the few available frequencies were
insufficient except for small users.
99. In this proceeding, the
Commission requests information about
the current use of spectrum in the 169–
172 MHz band for wireless microphone
operations, and it requests comment on
the potential for more expansive and
intensive use of this spectrum. In
particular, the Commission ask for
comments on different ways in which
the spectrum in the band could be used
for wireless microphone operations
without interfering with the federal
operations, and the other secondary
services that may use portions of this
band at particular locations. The
E:\FR\FM\21NOP1.SGM
21NOP1
rljohnson on DSK3VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS
69400
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 225 / Friday, November 21, 2014 / Proposed Rules
Commission also inquires about the
technical rules that we should adopt
were we to authorize additional wireless
microphone use of this band.
100. Commenters should provide
information about how this spectrum is
currently used by wireless microphones
and describe the specific uses and
applications for such devices under part
90. In particular, the Commission asks
that commenters address why relatively
few entities are licensed to operate
wireless microphones in this band. To
what extent, for instance, does the
relatively narrow bandwidth permitted
under Part 90 (with 54 kHz emission
mask limitation) affect the audio quality
and the types of usage on those
frequencies when compared with part
74 LPAS systems in the TV bands
(permitting as much as 200 kHz)?
101. The Commission also seeks
comment on whether and what steps it
could take to make the existing
frequencies a more viable option for
more wireless microphone users. The
applicable technical rules are over thirty
years old, and the Commission seeks
comment on the extent of subsequent
technical improvements in wireless
microphone technology in this band.
The Commission also seeks comment on
the technical specifications of current
microphones in this band and what rule
changes would be necessary to enable
improved fidelity to support additional
wireless microphone applications.
102. Commenters should also discuss
the potential for future wireless
microphone use in these frequencies, as
well as how revisions could make this
spectrum more useful for wireless
microphone applications. Since the
current channels available for
microphones include four sets of
channels that are close to each other,
one possible action we might take
would be to allow wireless microphone
licensees to combine each of the
neighboring sets of channels with each
other, making four channels with larger
bandwidth available for wireless
microphone operations. For instance,
the authorizations for operating on
channels 169.445 MHz and 169.505
MHz could be combined, allowing for
operations across the two channels over
a bandwidth of approximately 120 kHz,
with the center frequency being at
169.475 MHz. Would allowing these
channels to be combined to this larger
bandwidth accommodate additional
wireless microphone uses, and do
commenters support such action?
Commenters also should discuss
whether such a revision would increase
the likelihood of interference to federal
use or other secondary non-federal use
of the spectrum, and whether the rules
VerDate Sep<11>2014
14:52 Nov 20, 2014
Jkt 235001
also should include additional
provisions to protect these other users.
103. Another approach would be to
make as much of the 169–172 MHz band
as possible available for wireless
microphone use on a secondary basis.
Secondary operations are not normally
coordinated with primary operations.
Given the relatively low power of
wireless microphones and the limited
nature of their use we believe the risk
to primary services is relatively small
except perhaps in rare instances of
operation in close proximity.
Nevertheless, are there certain
circumstances where coordination with
the federal government or other
incumbent services may be appropriate?
What impact might this have on
wireless microphone operations in the
band, as well as on other operations in
the band? Alternatively, should certain
areas be excluded for licensed wireless
microphones operating in this band? In
considering this possible expansion of
wireless microphone use across the
band, the Commission notes that there
are many locations, or many frequencies
at particular locations, where the
spectrum is not being used either by the
federal government or by other
secondary users. The Commission seeks
comment on whether wireless
microphone licensees should be
allowed to operate on channels of
bandwidths up to 200 kHz (if available
at particular locations), the same as
permitted in the TV bands, and in
addition should be required to comply
with the ETSI standards that we are
proposing to adopt with respect to
wireless microphone operations under
the technical rules for LPAS device
operations in the TV bands and other
bands. The Commission seeks comment
on this approach, and whether such an
approach could be designed in such a
way as to protect federal and other
secondary operations from interference
from wireless microphone operations.
Under this approach, to what extent
could certain types or locations of
wireless microphone use (e.g., indoor
uses) more easily be accommodated? If
the Commission were to provide
authorization for more expansive use by
wireless microphones licensees, it seeks
comment on the service rules that we
should adopt. The Commission also
seeks comment on the technical rules
that should apply for wireless
microphone operations. For instance,
under this approach, to what extent
should we adopt other technical
requirements that would apply to LPAS
devices that operation in the VHF TV
bands that currently apply (including
restricting power to 50 mW, the same as
PO 00000
Frm 00024
Fmt 4702
Sfmt 4702
permitted wireless microphones
currently in the 169–172 MHz band), or
under our proposed revisions for
operations in the TV VHF band (which
would permit higher power levels, up to
250 mW)?
104. In addition, the Commission
seeks comment on any other approaches
it could take to facilitate wireless
microphones operations in the 169–172
MHz band. Commenters proposing other
approaches should provide the rationale
for such approaches, including how
those approaches could be designed to
protect incumbent operations of other
services in the band. To the extent that
the Commission revises technical rules
to provide more access to spectrum in
these bands, it asks that manufacturers
address how quickly new devices might
be manufactured and made available in
the marketplace. Are there other
equipment issues that we should
address?
944–952 MHz Band and Adjacent 941–
944 MHz and 952–960 MHz Bands
105. Under current rules, broadcasters
and broadcast network entities already
are permitted to operate wireless
microphones and other LPAS devices in
8 megahertz of spectrum in the 944–952
MHz band on a licensed basis. In this
section, the Commission seeks comment
generally on LPAS operations in the
944–952 MHz band, and it proposes to
adopt the ETSI standards for analog and
digital wireless microphone operations
and to expand eligibility for licensed
LPAS operations to include the same
additional entities that currently are
eligible to operate LPAS devices on a
licensed basis in the TV bands. The
Commission also proposes to permit
LPAS operations on a licensed basis in
portions of the two spectrum bands
immediately adjacent to the 944–952
MHz band (941–944 MHz and 952–960
MHz bands), which potentially could
enable licensed wireless microphone
users access to up to nineteen megahertz
of spectrum across the 941–960 MHz
frequencies, depending of course on the
availability of unused spectrum across
these frequencies.
944–952 MHz Band
106. The Commission requests that
commenters provide information about
the current uses of this band for
licensed wireless microphone
operations, as well as the potential for
more intensive use of this band for these
operations among the other broadcast
services that use the band. How
extensively do LPAS licensees make use
of this 8-megahertz band, and in what
types of locations? How much spectrum
is available for wireless microphone
E:\FR\FM\21NOP1.SGM
21NOP1
rljohnson on DSK3VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 225 / Friday, November 21, 2014 / Proposed Rules
uses in the band, considering that the
other authorized services are point-topoint operations are at fixed locations?
The Commission seeks comment on
both outdoor and indoor uses. For what
types of wireless microphone operations
is that band used? What are the
advantages and disadvantages of using
this band for wireless microphone
operations?
107. Similarly, the Commission
requests comment on the potential for
more intensive use of this band in the
future. Considering that less spectrum
may be available for wireless
microphone operations in the UHF
television bands, do licensees expect to
make greater use of this band in this
band, including migration particular
types of uses to this spectrum when
they are spectrum-constrained in the TV
bands? If so, for what types of
applications? Do the propagation
features associated with this spectrum
band, and its relatively close proximity
to the UHF television band, facilitate
particular types of wireless microphone
applications? For instance, is this band
particularly well-suited for high-quality
uses? What are the potential limitations
on the use of this band for licensed
wireless microphone operations?
Commenters should provide whatever
information they believe may be helpful
to the Commission as we evaluate the
role that this band can play in helping
accommodate the various needs of
wireless microphone users over the near
and long term.
108. In our discussion of licensed
LPAS operations in the TV Bands, the
Commission proposes to adopt the ETSI
emission mask standards both for analog
and digital microphones. Here, the
Commission proposes adopting those
standards for LPAS operations in the
944–952 MHz Band. The Commission
seeks comment on this proposal.
109. In addition to seeking comment
on use of this band by existing
licensees, the Commission proposes
expanding eligibility in the 944–952
MHz band to include additional classes
of wireless microphone users, in
particular all of the other entities
eligible for operation of LPAS devices in
the TV bands on a licensed basis, which
have wireless microphone needs similar
to those of broadcasters and broadcast
network entities and merit license status
in the TV bands. Considering that these
other entities are sophisticated users,
and often already coordinate their
wireless microphone operations in the
TV bands with broadcasters, the
Commission believes that such users
should be able to effectively work with
broadcasters when accessing spectrum
at different locations. Expanding
VerDate Sep<11>2014
14:52 Nov 20, 2014
Jkt 235001
eligibility for these uses potentially
could help ensure that entities that
merit licensee protection in the TV
bands, and may have access to less TV
bands spectrum following the incentive
auction, have access to additional
spectrum that they may need for their
licensed operations. The Commission
seeks comment on this proposal.
Alternatively, should the Commission
expand eligibility to include a subset of
these other TV bands LPAS licensees, or
some other group of entities? If so, for
what reasons?
110. Are there technical limitations
and other considerations we should
weigh when assessing expansion of
licensee eligibility in this band? Would
expansion have the effect of limiting the
spectrum at particular locations
available for use by broadcasters?
Alternatively, would the likely
operations of these LPAS wireless
microphones by different users at
different locations help ensure that the
low power, short-range operations
would not overlap or cause interference
among LPAS operations? Considering
the technical characteristics of the fixed
Aural Broadcast Auxiliary (STL and
ICR) stations, and noting that these fixed
services currently share use of the band
with LPAS operations, what additional
safeguards, if any, would be needed to
insure that these fixed Aural Broadcast
Auxiliary stations are protected if
additional, non-broadcast classes of
users are added to the band?
941–944 MHz Band and 952–960 MHz
Band
111. 941–944 MHz band. Most of this
three megahertz—the two and a half
megahertz between 941.5–944 MHz—is
available for licensing for Private and
Common Carrier Fixed Microwave
Services. Broadcast auxiliary stations
licensed prior to November 21, 1984
(including STL and ICR) may continue
to operate in the 942–944 MHz band on
a co-primary basis. After applicants
were given the opportunity to file
applications and to resolve disputes
over frequency pairs internally and then
by lottery, subsequent licenses were
obtained on a first-come-first-servedbasis, operating in different parts of this
spectrum on channels that range from
25 kHz to 200 kHz in bandwidth. The
Commission has issued approximately
820 licenses in this 941.5–944 MHz
portion, where the vast majority are for
Private Operational Fixed Point to Point
Microwave Service, with some for Aural
Broadcast Auxiliary Service (including
STL and ICR), and a few for Common
Carrier Fixed Point to Point Microwave
Service. Fixed point-point links in these
bands are typically used for long
PO 00000
Frm 00025
Fmt 4702
Sfmt 4702
69401
distance low data-rate links between
locations that have line of sight
capability. They employ directional
antennas and operate with fairly high
effective isotropic radiated power.
Receive antennas are also directional,
affording some rejection of unwanted
signals off-axis from the main lobe of
the antenna.
112. The other portion, the half
megahertz between 941–941.5 MHz, is
authorized for MAS operations. The
MAS authorizations involve discrete
portions of the 941–941.5 MHz band
that is paired with spectrum in the 932–
932.5 MHz band; more particularly,
these paired blocks consist of thirty-six
12.5 kHz channel pairs (25 kHz total per
pair) and one paired 50 kHz channel
(100 kHz total per pair) in the 932.0–
932.5 MHz and 941.0–941.5 MHz bands.
The Commission designated twenty of
the thirty-six 12.5 kHz channel pairs in
these bands for public safety and/or
private internal use. Five of these
twenty are reserved for public safety
services (as defined in Part 90), and the
other fifteen are available for both
private internal and traditional public
safety services. With respect to the
remaining channels consisting of
sixteen 12.5 kHz paired channels and
one 50 kHz paired channel (a total of
0.250 megahertz of spectrum in 941–
941.5 MHz), the Commission has issued
licenses on a geographic basis through
a system of competitive bidding without
any user restrictions, and these
licensees are permitted to provide both
fixed and mobile services on a coprimary basis. The 941.0 -941.5 MHz
portion of the band is designated for
communications from MAS master
stations to remote stations;
consequently, transmission from the
master station is generally omnidirectional, generally within a 25-mile
radius, to many remote stations. The
rules for MAS operations were adopted
by the Commission in 1999. MAS
historically has been used by the power,
petroleum, and security industries for
various alarm, control, interrogation and
status reporting requirements as well as
by the paging industry, and the
licensing scheme adopted by the
Commission attempted to accommodate
these past and present uses. In the 941–
941.5 MHz portion, there are 1,340
geographically-based MAS licenses and
1,175 site-based MAS licenses.
113. 952–960 MHz band. Similarly,
most of this eight megahertz of
spectrum—6.8 megahertz of spectrum
between 952.85–956.25 MHz and
956.45–959.85 MHz—is licensed for
Private Operational Fixed Microwave
Service (including business industrial
and public safety) authorized under part
E:\FR\FM\21NOP1.SGM
21NOP1
rljohnson on DSK3VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS
69402
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 225 / Friday, November 21, 2014 / Proposed Rules
101. The Commission has issued
approximately 2,850 Private Operational
Fixed Point to Point Microwave Service
licenses authorizing operations in the
952–960 MHz band.
114. The remaining portions of the
band are authorized for MAS operations
in three distinct portions, totaling 1.2
megahertz. Specifically, the MAS bands
are divided into two groups with
differing licensing and service
characteristics. The first, commonly
known as the 928/952/956 bands,
include sixty-eight 12.5-kilohertz (kHz)
channel pairs (25 kHz total per pair) in
the 928–928.85 and 952–952.85 MHz
bands (a total of 850 kilohertz in the
952–960 MHz band), and sixteen
unpaired 12.5-kHz channels in the
956.25–956.45 MHz band (200 kHz
total). These bands are reserved for
‘‘private internal services,’’ which are
defined as those where licensees use
their authorized frequencies purely for
internal business purposes or public
safety communications, and not for any
for-hire (for-profit) or non-profit costshared application. The Commission
awarded licenses to these bands on a
first-come, first-served, site-by-site
basis. The Commission has issued
approximately 10,000 site-based MAS
licenses in these bands.
115. The second MAS band,
commonly known as the 928/959 MHz
bands, consists of twelve 12.5 kHz
channel pairs (25 kHz total per pair) in
the 928.85–929 and 959.85–960 MHz
bands (300 kHz total). The Commission
licensed these bands on a geographic
basis through a system of competitive
bidding for use by for-profit CMRS and
paging network incumbents. There are
484 geographically-based MAS licenses
and approximately 120 site-based MAS
licenses in this band. In addition,
approximately 50 licenses permit part
22 paging operations in the 959.85–960
MHz band on a grandfathered basis.
116. In the MAS Report and Order,
the Commission adopted flexible rules
that permit licensees to conduct pointto-point and point-to-multipoint
operations, and also to provide fixed or
mobile services on a co-primary basis in
the geographically licensed portions of
the bands. The MAS Report and Order
also grandfathered incumbent
operations in the 928/952/956 MHz
bands, and permitted those operations
to expand services subject to the
Commission’s rules on interference
protection and co-channel spacing.
Although a system of geographic
licenses using Economic Areas (EAs)
awarded via auction now overlays the
928/959 bands and part of the 932/941
bands, we permitted incumbent
licensees to remain in the in the 928/
VerDate Sep<11>2014
14:52 Nov 20, 2014
Jkt 235001
959 band indefinitely, but we did not
permit any expansion of their services.
The Commission expected that
interference from these ‘‘grandfathered’’
operations would be minimal, given that
they were subject to a co-channel
mileage separation based on an assumed
25-mile service area.
117. The Commission proposes
making unused portions of the 941–944
MHz and the 952–960 MHz bands
available for licensed wireless
microphone operations on a secondary
basis, generally under the rules
applicable for LPAS operations in the
944–952 MHz band. The Commission
requests that commenters provide
information about the potential
availability of unused spectrum in these
bands at locations where wireless
microphones are used, and the extent to
which it is suitable and could
effectively be used for wireless
microphone operations. The
Commission seeks comment on the
particular rules that it should adopt to
facilitate wireless microphone
operations in this spectrum that would
also ensure that incumbent operations
are not harmed. The Commission invites
comment on the benefits of permitting
such operations, as well as any specific
concerns about how such operations
might affect currently authorized users
in these bands.
118. The Commission first seeks
comment on whether there are potential
benefits to making these bands available
for wireless microphone operations to
the same entities licensed for LPAS
operations in the 944–952 MHz band.
Considering the mix of services and
licensees that currently operate in
different segments in various portions of
these bands, the Commission seeks
comment on whether there nonetheless
are many locations in these bands where
spectrum is unused, potentially
available, and in sufficient bandwidth
(e.g., 200 kHz) suitable for wireless
microphone uses similar to their uses in
the TV bands and 944–952 MHz band.
The Commission requests that
commenters supporting wireless
microphone operations in these bands
explain fully how access to the available
spectrum in these bands would be
important for accommodating wireless
microphone needs in the coming years,
both in the near and longer term. Would
the fact that this spectrum is adjacent to
the 944–952 MHz band make this
spectrum particularly suitable or
involve valuable synergies (e.g., same
spectrum propagation, more readily
available equipment, more efficient
management of wireless microphone
operations, etc.)? And would the types
of uses suitable for these bands be the
PO 00000
Frm 00026
Fmt 4702
Sfmt 4702
same as for the 944–952 MHz band
discussed?
119. Given that wireless microphones
operate at low power over short
distances, the Commission believes they
are not likely to cause interference to
the types of fixed or mobile operations
that operate at higher power in these
bands. Thus, it believes that wireless
microphones should be able to co-exist
and share access to the spectrum in
these bands with incumbent services on
a secondary basis without causing
harmful interference. The Commission
seeks comment. As this issue is
considered, the Commission requests
comment on how it can design rules for
wireless microphone operations in these
bands to enable effective sharing. Would
users of wireless microphones often
seek to operate in locations that overlap
with existing services, or would they
operate in other places not served by
those operations?
120. Considering the different services
and service rules that apply to portions
of these bands, the Commission seeks
comment on permitting wireless
microphone operations on each of these
portions. With the mix of point-to-point
and point-to-multipoint services already
operating in these bands, are there
specific sub-bands that would be more
suitable than others for sharing with
wireless microphones?
121. With respect to those portions of
the spectrum available for licensing for
fixed microwave services other than
MAS, which constitutes the majority of
the spectrum in these bands, how much
spectrum is unused by these fixed
services at locations that could be
effectively used for wireless microphone
operations? To what extent can
potential wireless microphone users
determine the availability of suitable
spectrum at particular locations? What
issues and factors should we take into
account to make spectrum available for
wireless microphone operations while
protecting the incumbent fixed services
that operate in these bands?
122. The Commission similarly
inquires about making the portions of
the spectrum in these bands that are
authorized for MAS operations also
available for wireless microphone
operations. For instance, considering
that many MAS systems are used by
utilities for Supervisory Control and
Data Acquisition (SCADA) operations,
we seek comment on whether these
existing users operate in the same
general geographic areas as wireless
microphone users, or whether the
wireless microphone operations would
be separated geographically because
these are different types of uses? Given
the nature of MAS operations, how
E:\FR\FM\21NOP1.SGM
21NOP1
rljohnson on DSK3VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 225 / Friday, November 21, 2014 / Proposed Rules
much spectrum is unused and available
for wireless microphone operations? Are
there practical considerations, including
the fact that there is only a relatively
small amount of spectrum in discrete
segments potentially unused and
available, that would make authorizing
wireless microphone operations more
problematic or less practical in these
bands? If so, are there ways in which the
Commission could effectively address
these concerns? Would the spectrum
associated with the geographic area
MAS licenses be suitable for wireless
microphones, and if so could wireless
microphone operations be
accommodated on this spectrum
through leasing arrangements with the
existing market-based licensees? What
other factors should we consider when
determining whether and how to permit
wireless microphone operations in these
MAS portions?
123. The Commission also seeks
specific comment on designing rules
that would be necessary to address any
interference concerns with incumbent
operations that could arise. If it were to
authorize wireless microphone
operations in these bands, to what
extent are protections necessary to
prevent harmful interference to
incumbent operations from the low
power, short-range wireless microphone
operations? Would certain types of
services, such as fixed microwave
services, generally not be prone to
interference? Would other types of
operations be more susceptible to
interference, such as certain MAS
operations involving SCADA
operations, and would those operations
benefit from rules that would provide
protection (e.g., rules to specify
minimum separation distances or
creation of protection zones)? What
specific technical requirements or
limitations should we place on wireless
microphone operations in the bands?
On frequencies licensed for SCADA
operations that involve transmissions
between master stations and outdoor
remotes, should we place limitations on
power levels used by wireless
microphones or limit wireless
microphones to indoor uses? The
Commission asks commenters to
provide technical analyses to support
their positions on these issues.
124. The Commission asks that
commenters propose any specific
technical rules that would apply to
wireless microphone operations in these
bands. As indicated, the Commission
proposes permitting wireless
microphones to operate under the
technical rules for LPAS operations that
apply to operations in the 944–952 MHz
band (e.g., power limits, maximum
VerDate Sep<11>2014
14:52 Nov 20, 2014
Jkt 235001
bandwidth, Out of Band Emissions
(OOBE)), which would include the ETSI
standards that we propose to apply to
such operations. The Commission seeks
comment on this proposal, and whether
these rules should apply in whole or in
part with respect to these bands, or
portions of these bands, and if not, why
not? Commenters should explain and
provide technical analyses on these
issues. The Commission also seeks
comment on the equipment issues that
would pertain to wireless microphone
operations in these bands, including the
certification process. Commenters also
should address any equipment issues
pertaining to wireless microphone
operations in these bands. What is the
potential availability of equipment for
operations in these bands? Realizing
that it may depend on the particular
rules, how long might it take for
manufacturers to develop equipment
that operates in these bands? Would the
availability of devices operating in the
adjacent 944–952 MHz band help speed
development and distribution of these
devices? To the extent that
manufacturers may need to modify
equipment designed for the 944–952
MHz band, or use equipment designed
for use in other bands, what are the
constraints on such modifications, and
how long would it take to bring such
modified equipment to market? As
regards certification, should
manufacturers be able to certificate
equipment under the same rules and
procedures for LPAS devices that
operate in the 944–952 MHz band, or do
they need to develop new equipment for
these bands that would be certificated in
a different manner?
Unlicensed Operations in the 902–928
MHz, the 2.4 GHz, and the 5 GHz Bands
125. The 902–928 MHz, 2.4 GHz
(2400–2483.5 MHz), and 5 GHz (5725–
5850 MHz) bands generally permit
operations of unlicensed devices
pursuant to two part 15 rules, §§ 15.247
and 15.249. Earlier this year, the
Commission consolidated the rules for
the digitally modulated devices that
operate in the 5 GHz band under
§ 15.407. Wireless microphones are
among the devices that operate on an
unlicensed basis in these bands under
these rules.
126. Wireless microphones operating
in these bands pursuant to § 15.247, like
other unlicensed devices operating
under this rule, are required to operate
as spread spectrum transmitters, and are
limited to frequency hopping systems
and systems using digital modulation.
Digitally modulated systems must use a
minimum bandwidth of 500 kHz but are
not required to hop frequencies. Both
PO 00000
Frm 00027
Fmt 4702
Sfmt 4702
69403
frequency hopping and digitally
modulated systems are permitted to use
output powers of up to 1 watt, however,
most devices use lower power for
various design reasons, such as
conserving battery life. Spread spectrum
modulation reduces the power density
of the transmitted signal at any
frequency, thereby reducing the
possibility of causing interference to
other signals occupying the same
spectrum. Similarly, at the receiver end,
the power density of interfering signals
is minimized, making spread spectrum
systems relatively immune to
interference from outside sources.
127. Wireless microphones operating
in these bands pursuant to § 15.249, as
with any other unlicensed device
operation, is permitted subject to the
field strength limits specified in this
section. There are no requirements for
devices operating under this provision
to hop frequencies or use a minimum
transmit bandwidth, and there are no
maximum bandwidth or transmission
duration limits. Devices operating under
this rule could be either analog or
digital devices. Many types of devices
operate under this rule section
including cordless telephones, video
transmitters, wireless speaker and
headphone systems, and automated
utility meter reading equipment.
128. Section 15.407 provides general
technical requirements for unlicensed
national information infrastructure (U–
NII) devices that operate in the 5 GHz
band. The recently revised § 15.407
rules are intended to better ensure that
unlicensed 5 GHz band devices do not
cause harmful interference to authorized
Federal and non-Federal users in these
bands and to eliminate a loophole in the
former rules that allowed devices to be
certified under the § 15.247 rules and
then modified to operate as U–NII
devices without complying with all of
the technical requirements of the U–NII
rules.
902–928 MHz Band
129. The Commission seeks to
develop a full record on the current and
potential uses of the 902–928 MHz band
for various wireless microphone uses. It
ask that commenters provide
information on devices currently in the
marketplace that serve such needs. To
what extent are these devices digital,
operating as spread spectrum devices
under the technical rules set forth in
§ 15.247, or analog or digital operating
under § 15.249 requirements? What
specific types of applications are these
devices best suited, and what are the
limitations on the types of applications
for which they may be used? To what
extent can devices operating in this
E:\FR\FM\21NOP1.SGM
21NOP1
69404
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 225 / Friday, November 21, 2014 / Proposed Rules
rljohnson on DSK3VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS
band address the needs, for instance, of
non-professional users? The
Commission asks that commenters
provide relevant technical data
regarding performance features (e.g.,
with respect to latency, voice fidelity,
etc.) that inform and may affect the
suitability of these devices for particular
types of applications. To what extent is
the effectiveness of the applications
dependent on the operating
environment (e.g., outdoor or indoor
uses)? Are wireless microphone users
whose needs can effectively be
addressed through devices that operate
in this band migrating their operations
from other bands, such as the TV bands,
to this band? What are manufacturers
and those marketing wireless
microphone devices promoting use of
devices that use this band?
130. Have there been technological
advances that have improved the ability
of these devices to co-exist and share
use of the band with the other users that
also have access to the band? If so, what
types? What kinds of advancements
might be anticipated in the future that
could increase the use of this band for
wireless microphone applications?
131. To the extent devices operating
in this band are effective in meeting
wireless microphone applications,
should manufacturers and those
marketing wireless microphones do
more to promote use of devices that
operate in this band, or to indicate that
devices operating in this band may be
effective in addressing their needs that
historically have operated in the TV
bands? What steps, if any, should the
Commission take to promote more use
of this band for wireless microphone
applications?
2.4 GHz Band
132. As with our discussion on the
902–928 MHz band, the Commission
also seeks to develop a full record on
the current and potential uses of the 2.4
GHz band for various wireless
microphone uses. It asks that
commenters provide information on
devices currently in the marketplace,
and the extent are these devices digital,
operating as spread spectrum devices
under the technical rules set forth in
§ 15.247, or analog or digital operating
under § 15.249 requirements. For what
types of specific applications are 2.4
GHz wireless microphones best suited,
and what limitations are associated with
their use, including any that may result
from the nature of signal propagation in
the band. To what extent can devices
operating in this band address the needs
of non-professional users? As above, we
ask that commenters provide relevant
technical data regarding performance
VerDate Sep<11>2014
14:52 Nov 20, 2014
Jkt 235001
features (e.g., with respect to latency,
voice fidelity, etc.) that inform and may
affect the suitability of these devices for
particular types of applications. What
types of operating environment (e.g.,
outdoor or indoor uses) affect their
effectiveness for specific applications?
How are manufacturers and those
marketing wireless microphone devices
promoting use of devices that use this
band?
133. The Commission also asks that
commenters discuss technological
advances that have improved the ability
of these devices to co-exist and share
use of the band with the other users that
operate in the band. Are advancements
anticipated that could increase the use
of this band for wireless microphone
applications? Finally, to the extent
devices operating in this band are
effective in meeting wireless
microphone applications, should more
be done to promote use of devices that
operate in this band?
5 GHz Band
134. The Commission also asks that
commenters provide information on the
current and potential uses of this band
for different types of wireless
microphone operations. To what extent
are devices that function as wireless
microphones operating in this band
today, and for what kinds of
applications? Considering the available
bandwidth, the propagation features
associated with this spectrum, and other
relevant factors, for what types of
applications is this band well-suited?
What types of users are most likely to
make use of wireless microphones in
this band? In what types of operational
environments do these devices work
best? Are there technological advances
forthcoming that could create more
opportunities for using this spectrum for
wireless microphone applications?
Should more be done to promote use of
this band for wireless microphone
applications?
1920–1930 MHz Unlicensed PCS Band
135. Currently the major use of the
1920–1930 MHz band is for unlicensed
cordless telephones that operate under
part 15 of the Commission’s rules many
manufacturers make wireless
microphones using this spectrum.
136. The Commission invites
comment on the current and potential
uses of the 1920–1930 MHz UPSC band
for wireless microphone applications.
The Commission seeks comment on
current uses of the band for wireless
microphones, including the types of
purposes for which they are used as
well as the types of venues in which
they are used. How many microphones
PO 00000
Frm 00028
Fmt 4702
Sfmt 4702
generally can be deployed at the same
time in a particular area? To the extent
that wireless microphones operating in
this band may not be sufficient for highend, professional broadcast, music, or
theater uses, are there other types of
uses for which they provide effective
wireless microphone communications
capabilities? What is the range of audio
capabilities for wireless microphone
devices that operate in this band under
our rules? For instance, are there
potential advances in technology, such
as improvements in the digital protocol
to better enable high quality audio? In
sum, the Commission invites comments
generally on the types of applications
for which wireless microphones using
this band may be best suited. Should the
Commission consider any technical
revisions that could make this band
more useful for wireless microphone
applications without adversely affecting
operations of other users in the band?
1435–1525 MHz Band
137. The Commission proposes, as
one option, making the 1.4 GHz band
spectrum available for use by wireless
microphones on a secondary licensed
basis, and seek comment. Because of the
importance of ensuring that the AMT
systems are protected against harmful
interference, and given that most
wireless microphone operations can be
accommodated within other spectrum,
the Commission proposes that use of
this band be limited to licensed
professional users at specified locations
and times, and include specified
safeguards designed to protect AMT use
of the band. The Commission seeks
comment on how and under what
conditions this band can be shared, and
on the types of applications best suited
for this band.
138. Our proposal to allow wireless
microphones to operate in this spectrum
is based on several critical factors. We
recognize that professional use for
certain large events (e.g., major sports or
theater productions) often involve use of
more than 100 wireless microphones.
Where these have previously operated
in the TV bands, there is no assurance
that sufficient spectrum will remain to
accommodate this extent of use, nor is
it certain that the other provisions for
wireless microphones could
accommodate such use. Limiting the
licensing for these types of applications,
which are typically associated with
specific locations, should make sharing
of the spectrum manageable. Although
we would authorize such use on a
secondary basis, in this instance we
believe that frequency coordination
with federal and non-federal users is
critical and is consistent with the
E:\FR\FM\21NOP1.SGM
21NOP1
rljohnson on DSK3VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 225 / Friday, November 21, 2014 / Proposed Rules
practice that already has been used for
special temporary authority in this
band, although on a more limited basis.
In addition, the Commission believes it
is necessary to ensure that a mechanism
must be established to ensure that
wireless microphone systems marketed
for use in this spectrum can only be
operated after successful coordination,
such as through an electronic key or
other means. The Commission also
seeks to ensure that any wireless
microphones operating in this spectrum
are spectrally efficient and frequency
agile when sharing the spectrum. The
Commission discusses these topics in
detail below. Where it asks general
questions they should be viewed
through the prism of these principles.
139. Generally, as the Commission
considers authorizing wireless
microphone operations in the 1.4 GHz
band on a secondary use basis, what
issues should it consider when
evaluating the compatibility of wireless
microphone operations in the same
band as AMT? What limitations might
the Commission consider imposing to
ensure that wireless microphone
operations would not cause harmful
interference to AMT?
140. To what extent is the 1.4 GHz
spectrum suited for wireless
microphone operations? What type of
wireless microphone uses might be best
suited to operate in this band, and what
types of uses would be less well-suited
or unsuitable? How would proponents
of access to this spectrum plan to make
use of the band for wireless microphone
operations? What are the technical
advantages and disadvantages of using
1.4 GHz band spectrum for wireless
microphone operations, in terms of
signal propagation, types of operations
that could be deployed, battery power,
form factors, body absorption, or other
aspects that would inform the types of
wireless microphone uses to which the
spectrum might be put?
141. The Commission proposes that
wireless microphone operations be
secondary, and thus must protect the
primary AMT services that operate in
the band. As it considers the
appropriate framework for wireless
microphone operations in the band, we
note that the Commission already has
permitted secondary, low power shortrange devices to share use of another
band where AMT operations were
primary when in 2012 it authorized
Medical Body Area Network (MBAN)
devices to operate in the 2360–2390
MHz portions of the 2360–2400 MHz
band. In permitting MBAN devices to
share access to that spectrum, the
Commission was careful in developing
rules that limited the locations where
VerDate Sep<11>2014
14:52 Nov 20, 2014
Jkt 235001
MBAN systems could operate and in
designing a coordination process that
would ensure that primary AMT
operations would be protected from
interference.
142. As a general matter, the
Commission proposes only limited use
of the 1.4 GHz band for wireless
microphone applications. While it seeks
to provide wireless microphone users in
need of additional spectrum resources
with access to the 1.4 GHz band
spectrum to help accommodate those
needs, at the same time the Commission
is not proposing to open this particular
band either for widespread or for
itinerant uses throughout the nation.
Given the paramount need to protect
AMT operations, the Commission is
proposing only limited access for
wireless microphone operations. In
particular, it proposes that wireless
microphone uses be restricted to
specific fixed locations, such as large
venues (whether outdoor or indoor),
where there may a need to deploy large
numbers of microphones, e.g., 100 or
more. In addition, the Commission
proposes allowing operations at those
locations only at specified times. The
Commission seeks comment on these
proposals.
143. Prior coordination with AFTRCC
will be required. The Commission seeks
to develop appropriate rules that will
ensure through this process that
wireless microphone operations will not
cause interference to the primary AMT
operations in the band. In particular, it
seeks comment on coordination
mechanisms that can ensure that
wireless microphone operations only
occur at the locations and times where
authorized through the coordination
process, and would be effective in
preventing the use of these devices at
any other location or time without
authorization.
144. As noted, the Commission
authorized MBAN devices to operate on
a secondary basis in the 2360–2390
MHz band provided that they register
the devices and follow a coordination
framework. With regard to registration,
MBAN device operators are required to
register each device with the frequency
coordinator and provide specified
information—including the specific
frequencies to be used, the location of
the devices, the power levels used, and
point of contact information regarding
the entity responsible for the MBAN
device operations. The Commission
codified certain coordination
procedures as well. These begin with
the initial determination of whether the
MBAN location is within line-of-site of
AMT operations, and the potential
interference risks that would be
PO 00000
Frm 00029
Fmt 4702
Sfmt 4702
69405
associated with MBAN operations at
that location. The Commission also
provided the frequency coordinators
with significant flexibility to work out
mutually agreeable coordination
agreements and MBAN devices’
operating parameters at particular
locations. The Commission recognized
that specific tools, such as electronic
keys, could be useful to coordinators as
they sought to achieve mutually
agreeable coordination agreements, and
required that MBAN devices cease
transmission in the absence of a control
message. At the same time, the
Commission did not codify
requirements for an electronic key and
relied on frequency coordinators to
work out the MBAN operating
parameters through their agreements as
needed. To what extent are the rules for
MBAN operations appropriate with
regard to permitting wireless
microphone use in the 1.4 GHz band at
specified locations, frequencies, and
times, pursuant to specified operational
parameters? The Commission asks that
commenters explain in detail the
coordination procedures that they assert
should apply with regard to operations
in the 1.4 GHz band.
145. The Commission also seeks
comment on the extent to which the
Commission might prescribe particular
tools to ensure that wireless
microphones operate only at the
locations and times authorized, and not
anywhere else. For instance, the
Commission seeks comment on
requiring that the wireless microphone
systems, which often are moved from
one location to another (e.g., when used
to cover different events), could only
operate through use of an automatic
mechanism (such as an electronic key,
and location-awareness capability, or
similar mechanisms) that would serve to
prevent wireless microphones from
operating unless on approved
frequencies in the 1.4 GHz band at the
approved location/venue(s) during
approved time(s). What kind of
technologies can achieve this purpose in
an effective manner? If we were to adopt
such a requirement, should the
authorized operations be enabled only
through permission granted by the FCC
or an FCC-certified entity once AFTRCC
has concurred with the particular
wireless microphone operations? Are
there other means of coordinating
operations that would ensure that the
microphones only operate where and
when authorized? The Commission
seeks comment on these proposals,
including how an automatic mechanism
might be included within design of a
wireless microphone system. In
E:\FR\FM\21NOP1.SGM
21NOP1
rljohnson on DSK3VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS
69406
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 225 / Friday, November 21, 2014 / Proposed Rules
addition, the Commission invites
comment on whether it should adopt
point-of-sale restrictions that would
enable only entities licensed to operate
in this band to obtain the devices.
146. In keeping with the types of
wireless microphone operations that the
Commission envisions for this band, it
proposes limiting eligibility to
professional users, including
broadcasters, professional television and
cable programmers, and professional
sound engineering companies, and
operators at major venues that manage
and coordinate wireless microphone
operations, i.e., the entities eligible for
licensed LPAS operations in the TV
bands. The Commission invites
comment on this proposal.
147. To the extent the Commission
decides to authorize wireless
microphone operations in this band, it
seeks comment on the technical rules
that would apply to devices that would
use the band. Commenters should
submit detailed discussions of
recommendations for the applicable
technical rules. In designing technical
rules, what types of technical concerns
should we consider and address to
ensure that the primary AMT operations
protected? The Commission requests
detailed information about the type(s) of
wireless microphone equipment that
could use the band. What power levels
and bandwidths should we permit for
wireless microphones? To what extent
should we permit certain devices
already on the market today to access
the band? Should the technical rules be
the similar to wireless microphones that
operate in other bands?
148. In particular, the Commission
seeks comment on adopting the
technical rules for LPAS device
operations in the TV bands, as well as
the ETSI standards that it is proposing
to adopt for those devices. To what
extent are some or all of these technical
standards appropriate for wireless
microphones operating in the 1.4 GHz
band? The Commission asks that
commenters provide any relevant
technical information supporting their
positions.
149. To preserve maximum flexibility
for wireless microphone operations in
the band, should the Commission
consider requiring wireless
microphones to have the capability of
tuning across the band? The
Commission also seeks comment on
requiring wireless microphones that are
designed to operate in the 1.4 GHz band
to have modular transmitting
components that, if necessary, could be
replaced to enhance frequency agility.
How long would it take to develop
devices that would operate consistent
VerDate Sep<11>2014
14:52 Nov 20, 2014
Jkt 235001
with the proposals we discussed above?
Should there be an interim process for
permitting wireless microphone
operations in the band as any necessary
new devices are being made? In
addition, the Commission invites
comment on the certification process
that should be employed.
150. Consistent with its proposal, the
Commission envisions adding a
secondary mobile except aeronautical
mobile service allocation to the 1435–
1525 MHz band for limited use under
the service rules it adopts for the band.
The Commission also request comment
on any other regulatory or technical
issues that would be relevant to our
consideration of whether to authorize
wireless microphone operations in the
1.4 GHz band. Commenters should
provide detailed bases and explanations
for their proposals and views.
3.5 GHz Band
151. In the 3.5 GHz Band FNPRM
adopted in April 2014, the Commission
sought comment on a three-tiered
authorization framework that would
allow different types of users to access
portions of the 3550–3650 MHz Band.
To the extent that the band was not
being used by incumbent users (primary
operations, including incumbent federal
users and grandfathered Fixed Satellite
Service earth stations) under the
Incumbent Access tier, the Commission
proposed making spectrum available
through the Priority Access and General
Authorized Access (GAA) tiers outside
of the specified geographic exclusion
zones. The Commission also invited
comment on whether to allow certain
users (‘‘Contained Access Users’’) to
receive interference protection for their
device operations within the confines of
their facilities on a portion (up to 20
megahertz) of the frequencies included
in the GAA tier.
152. The Commission notes the
comments have been filed in the 3.5
GHz band proceeding (GN Docket No.
12–354) on potential uses of this band
by wireless microphone users. Shure
indicated that the GAA tier, for
instance, could potentially support
certain wireless applications, and
asserted that were the Commission to
establish a class of ‘‘Contained Access
Users’’ then indoor wireless microphone
use should qualify for such access.
153. All of the issues regarding the
policies and rules for operations in the
3.5 GHz proceeding will be decided in
that proceeding, based on the record in
that proceeding, and the Commission is
not seeking comment in this instant
proceeding on those issues.
Nonetheless, considering that the
Commission is seeking to develop a
PO 00000
Frm 00030
Fmt 4702
Sfmt 4702
comprehensive understanding of the
potential landscape for different types of
wireless microphone operations in
different bands, it seeks general
comment on whether and how wireless
microphone operations potentially
could be employed in the 3.5 GHz band
to help accommodate particular needs
of users. Without prejudging the specific
rules that the Commission may adopt in
the 3.5 GHz proceeding, the
Commission invites comment on any
impact the proposed rules for the 3.5
GHz band would have on the broader
aims of this proceeding. If 3.5 GHz
spectrum were made available, how
much of a wireless microphone
operator’s needs could potentially be
accommodated in this band, for
instance, given the propagation
characteristics of the band? If operations
were permitted in this band, to what
extent might this band potentially serve
as a supplement spectrum resource for
certain types of uses? To the extent that
rules for the 3.5 GHz band are adopted
that can help meet wireless microphone
users’ needs, how long might it take for
user equipment to be developed and
available for use? To avoid a bifurcated
record on issues related to the 3.5 GHz
band, the Commission asks that
commenters submit any comments on
these issues in this docket as well as in
the 3.5 GHz band proceeding.
6875–7125 MHz Band
154. The Commission proposes to
permit licensed wireless microphone
operations on available channels in this
band, on a secondary basis, for entities
that are eligible to hold BAS or CARS
licenses, and seek comment.
Considering the existing fixed and
mobile services in the band that
currently operate in different portions of
this band, and the likelihood of
significant areas of unused spectrum
throughout this band that potentially
could be made available for relatively
low power, short-range wireless
microphone operations, the Commission
request comment on whether access to
this spectrum could help accommodate
certain types of wireless microphone
applications without interfering with
existing services. The Commission also
seeks comment on the applicable rules
that should apply, were we to decide to
grant such authorization.
155. To what extent would access to
the 7 GHz band help address needs of
wireless microphone operators?
Considering the propagation features or
other factors associated with this
spectrum, what types of wireless
microphone applications may be wellsuited for operations in this band?
Given that BAS and CARS licensees
E:\FR\FM\21NOP1.SGM
21NOP1
rljohnson on DSK3VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 225 / Friday, November 21, 2014 / Proposed Rules
already use the 7 GHz spectrum for
certain types of video applications and
programming production, would there
be synergies in permitting wireless
microphone operations that could
supplement those existing applications?
How much spectrum in the 7 GHz band
may be potentially available at those
kinds of locations, whether indoors or
outdoors, where users may have need
for wireless microphones?
156. What particular rules would
facilitate wireless microphone
operations in the band while also
protecting existing services? Could we
make spectrum in any part of the 7 GHz
band available for wireless microphone
operations on a secondary, noninterfering basis, under rules drawn
from the LPAS technical rules for
operations in the TV bands or on the
944–952 MHz band? To what extent
would low power wireless microphone
operations pose the potential of
interfering with any of the current mix
of fixed and mobile BAS services and
private and commercial fixed
microwave that operate in the band?
157. Alternatively, should the
Commission consider making certain
portions of the 7 GHz band available for
wireless microphone operations, both as
a means to facilitate wireless
microphone operations as well as to
preclude any possibility of harmful
interference to existing operations? For
instance, are there certain 25-megahertz
channels, or smaller-sized portions of
such channels, that we should make
available for wireless microphone
operations, and if so, how much and
where? Would some channels or
portions of channels be preferable for
wireless microphone operations? As
noted, while BAS and CARS are
authorized to operate on the entire 25
megahertz in a channel, FS services may
operate on 5, 8.33, and 25 megahertz
channels. Are there opportunities for
wireless microphone operations on
portions of particular channels to the
extent not being used by incumbent
licensees at a given location? For
instance, if an incumbent licensee were
using only 5 or 8.33 megahertz
channels, could wireless microphones
operate on some balance of that 25megahertz channel without interfering
with existing services? Are there
particular segments in the 7 GHz band
that would be more suitable, such as the
25 megahertz segments that are
currently reserved for BAS use
nationwide? Are other channels or
portions of channels more suitable, and
if so should we take steps to restrict
additional authorizations in that
spectrum or otherwise open that
spectrum for wireless microphone uses?
VerDate Sep<11>2014
14:52 Nov 20, 2014
Jkt 235001
If commenters have specific ideas about
whether certain portions of the 7 GHz
band should be made available, the
Commission asks that they submit a full
discussion of which portions, and how
that might affect any existing BAS,
CARS, or FS authorized in those
portions of the band.
158. To what extent should
coordination of wireless microphone
operations be required? Should we
require formal or informal coordination
of operations? We also seek comment on
whether wireless microphone users
could share operations among
themselves on the same private-sector,
frequency-coordinated basis that exists
for the use of BAS mobile shared
spectrum.
159. The Commission is proposing
that any wireless microphone
operations in these bands be licensed to
entities eligible for BAS or CARS
licensees. It generally would expect that
these are the entities that may wish to
operate wireless microphones in the
band for some of their productionrelated services. The Commission also
believes that licensing wireless
microphone operations to these entities
would help address interference or
coordination concerns that may arise
when making use of the 7 GHz band
spectrum. The Commission seeks
comment on this proposal. The
Commission also invites comment on
alternative proposals.
160. The Commission also invites
comment on the technical rules that
would apply to wireless microphone
operations in the band. In particular, it
seeks comment on whether the
technical rules should be modeled on
those that apply to LPAS operations,
including the ETSI standards that we
are proposing. The Commission asks
that commenters provide information on
any proposed rules and the rationale for
adopting such rules. Commenters
should also address any potential
interference concerns that could arise. If
we were to allow wireless microphone
operations in the band, would any
incumbent operations need geographic
exclusion zones? Apart from exclusion
zones, is there interference criteria that
could facilitate sharing? What OOBE
limits would be appropriate to protect
incumbent services in the bands directly
adjacent to wireless microphone
operations? Considering the propagation
characteristics in the 7 GHz band and
recognizing that operation in this band
typically requires line of sight between
the transmitter and receiver, would
limiting wireless microphones to indoor
use create greater sharing possibilities?
The Commission asks commenters to
PO 00000
Frm 00031
Fmt 4702
Sfmt 4702
69407
provide technical analyses to support
their position on these issues.
161. In addition, the Commission
seeks comment on equipment
availability for wireless microphones in
these bands. Does wireless microphone
equipment already exist for these
bands? How much time would
manufacturers need to develop new
equipment for these bands?
Ultra-Wideband
162. Background. The Commission’s
rules for ultra-wideband (UWB)
unlicensed devices are set forth in part
15, subpart F. UWB devices operate by
employing very narrow or short
duration pulses that result in very large
or wideband transmission bandwidths.
UWB technology enables development
of an array of applications, including
imaging systems, vehicular radar
systems, and communications and
measurement systems. Operating
pursuant to the technical rules set forth
in part 15, UWB devices can use
spectrum occupied by existing radio
services without causing harmful
interference, thereby permitting scarce
spectrum resources to be used more
efficiently.
163. Wireless microphones operating
under these rules would be required to
operate pursuant to the UWB rules for
communications systems, which permit
operations in the 3.1–10.6 GHz band.
Under the UWB rules, these devices
must be designed to ensure that
operation can occur indoors only, or
must consist of hand-held devices that
may be employed for such activities as
peer-to-peer operation. The Commission
notes that at least one wireless
microphone manufacturer has
developed and markets wireless
microphones that operate under these
rules.
164. The Commission seeks comment
on the current and potential uses of
UWB devices for wireless microphone
applications. Recognizing that UWB
operates across a number of frequencies,
the Commission asks commenters to
discuss the ways in which UWB devices
could be used effectively for wireless
microphone uses. Are there particular
uses for which wireless microphones
operating under UWB rules are well
suited, such as indoor and/or shortrange operations? What are the benefits
and constraints associated with the
UWB rules, including the wide
bandwidths associated with operations
and the propagation aspects related to
operating in these high frequency
bands? Are manufacturers promoting
the use of UWB wireless microphones
for particular applications? Finally, we
invite comment regarding steps that the
E:\FR\FM\21NOP1.SGM
21NOP1
69408
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 225 / Friday, November 21, 2014 / Proposed Rules
Commission should take to facilitate use
of UWB devices for wireless
microphone uses.
information collection burden for small
business concerns with fewer than 25
employees.
Other Potential Bands
Initial Regulatory Flexibility Analysis
165. In this section, the Commission
invites comment on whether there are
other bands not currently available for
wireless microphone operations that
may be useful in helping their use. The
Commission seeks comment on bands
that might offer opportunities both in
the nearer term and over the longer
term.
166. For instance, in 2008 the Public
Interest Spectrum Coalition (PISC) filed
a petition for rulemaking to create a
general wireless microphone service in
the 2020–2025 MHz band. PISC argued
that, as a result of the Commission’s
proposal to license the 2175–2180 MHz
band on an unpaired basis, the 2020–
2025 MHz band could be allocated for
wireless microphones on a primary
basis and free of white space devices
and interference. Would this band be
suitable for wireless microphone use? If
so, the Commission asks that
commenters address the technical
suitability of this five megahertz band,
the potential equipment availability,
and other issues that would have to be
addressed. The Commission also asks
commenters to address how a decision
to permit wireless microphones to
operate in the 2020–2025 MHz band
would impact or be affected by the
Commission’s earlier decision to
allocate those five megahertz for nonfederal fixed and mobile service.
167. To the extent that commenters
propose additional bands for
consideration, we ask that they provide
a full explanation for the proposal. In
particular, the Commission seeks
comment on the ways in which the
band or bands could be helpful in
accommodating wireless microphone
operations while advancing the
Commission’s spectrum management
goals, including promoting efficient use
of spectrum.
169. As required by the Regulatory
Flexibility Act (RFA), the Commission
has prepared this present Initial
Regulatory Flexibility Analysis (IRFA)
of the possible significant economic
impact on small entities by the policies
and rules proposed in the NPRM.1
Written public comments are requested
on this IRFA. Comments must be
identified as responses to the IRFA and
must be filed by the deadlines for
comments provided on the first page of
this NPRM. The Commission will send
a copy of the NPRM, including this
IRFA, to the Chief Counsel for Advocacy
of the Small Business Administration
(SBA).2 In addition, the NPRM and
IRFA (or summaries thereof) will be
published in the Federal Register.3
Procedural Matters
rljohnson on DSK3VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS
Paperwork Reduction Analysis
168. The NPRM contains proposed
new information collection
requirements. The Commission, as part
of its continuing effort to reduce
paperwork burdens, invites the general
public and OMB to comment on the
proposed information collection
requirements contained in this
document, as required by the PRA. In
addition, pursuant to the Small
Business Paperwork Relief Act, the
Commission seeks specific comment on
how it might further reduce the
VerDate Sep<11>2014
14:52 Nov 20, 2014
Jkt 235001
Need for, and Objectives of, the
Proposed Rules
170. This proceeding is initiated to
explore additional steps we can take to
accommodate the needs of wireless
microphone users over the coming years
by ensuring that they have access to
available spectrum resources that they
need.4 Wireless microphones play an
essential role in enabling broadcasters
and other video programming networks
to serve consumers, including helping
to cover breaking news and broadcasting
live sports events. They are used to
significantly enhance event productions
in a variety of settings—including
theaters and music venues, film studios,
conventions, corporate events, houses of
worship, and internet webcasts. They
also have become integral to creating
high quality content that consumers
demand and value, and as part of that
content production process contribute
substantially to our economy.5 Recent
1 See
5 U.S.C. 603. The RFA, see 5 U.S.C. 601–
612, has been amended by the Small Business
Regulatory Enforcement Fairness Act of 1996
(SBREFA), Public Law 104–121, Title II, 110 Stat.
857 (1996).
2 See 5 U.S.C. 603(a).
3 See id.
4 See Expanding the Economic and Innovation
Opportunities of Spectrum Through Incentive
Auctions, GN Docket No. 12–268, Report and Order
(FCC 14–50), 29 FCC Rcd 6567, 6704 para. 316
(adopted May 15, 2014) (Incentive Auction R&O)
(stating the Commission’s intent to initiate a
proceeding to explore steps to accommodate the
long-term needs of wireless microphone users).
When we use the term ‘‘wireless microphones’’ in
this proceeding, we collectively refer to wireless
microphones and related audio devices.
5 See, e.g., Expanding the Economic and
Innovation Opportunities of Spectrum Through
Incentive Auctions, GN Docket No. 12–268, Report
and Order (FCC 14–50), 29 FCC Rcd 6567, 6696
PO 00000
Frm 00032
Fmt 4702
Sfmt 4702
actions by the Commission, and in
particular the repurposing of broadcast
television band spectrum for wireless
services set forth in the Incentive
Auction R&O, will significantly alter the
regulatory environment in which
wireless microphones operate 6 and we
see an urgent need to assess new
options for wireless microphone users
going forward.
171. Wireless microphone users rely
heavily on access to unused channels in
the television band to provide their
important services. Following the
incentive auction, with the repacking of
the television band and the repurposing
of current television spectrum for
wireless services, there will be fewer
frequencies in the UHF band available
for use for wireless microphone
operations. In taking several steps in the
Incentive Auction R&O to accommodate
wireless microphone operations—
including providing more opportunities
to access spectrum on the channels that
will remain allocated for television postauction and making the 600 MHz Band
guard bands available for wireless
microphone operations—the
Commission also recognized that the
reduction of total available UHF band
spectrum will require many wireless
microphone users to make adjustments
over the next few years regarding the
spectrum that they access and the
equipment they use.7 To help ensure
that wireless microphone users could
make these adjustments, the
Commission provided that users could
continue to access spectrum repurposed
for wireless services for a substantial
period of time as they transition affected
services to alternative spectrum.8 The
Commission promised to initiate this
proceeding to explore steps that it can
take to address wireless microphone
users’ longer term needs, including
accessing spectrum resources in
additional frequency bands.9
Legal Basis
172. The proposed action is
authorized under sections 4(i), 7(a) 301,
303(f), 303(g), 303(r), 307(e) and 332 of
the Communications Act of 1934, as
amended, 47 U.S.C. 151, 154(i), 157(a),
para. 300 (adopted May 15, 2014) (Incentive
Auction R&O).
6 See generally Expanding the Economic and
Innovation Opportunities of Spectrum Through
Incentive Auctions, GN Docket No. 12–268, Report
and Order (FCC 14–50), 29 FCC Rcd 6696–6704
paras. 299–316; 6844–6847 para. 682–688, (adopted
May 15, 2014) (Incentive Auction R&O).
7 See Incentive Auction R&O, 29 FCC Rcd at 6567
paras. 299–315.
8 See Incentive Auction R&O, 29 FCC Rcd at 6567
paras. 682–688.
9 Incentive Auction R&O, 29 FCC Rcd at 6567
para. 316.
E:\FR\FM\21NOP1.SGM
21NOP1
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 225 / Friday, November 21, 2014 / Proposed Rules
301, 303(f), 303(g), 303(r), 307(e), and
332.
Description and Estimate of the Number
of Small Entities to Which the Proposed
Rules Will Apply
173. The RFA directs agencies to
provide a description of and, where
feasible, an estimate of the number of
small entities that may be affected by
the proposed rules, if adopted.10 The
RFA generally defines the term ‘‘small
entity’’ as having the same meaning as
the terms ‘‘small business,’’ ‘‘small
organization,’’ and ‘‘small governmental
jurisdiction.’’ 11 In addition, the term
‘‘small business’’ has the same meaning
as the term ‘‘small business concern’’
under the Small Business Act.12 A small
business concern is one which: (1) is
independently owned and operated; (2)
is not dominant in its field of operation;
and (3) satisfies any additional criteria
established by the SBA.13
174. Small Businesses, Small
Organizations, and Small Governmental
Jurisdictions. Our action may, over time,
affect small entities that are not easily
categorized at present. We therefore
describe here, at the outset, three
comprehensive, statutory small entity
size standards.14 First, nationwide,
there are a total of 28.2 million small
businesses, according to the SBA.15 In
addition, a ‘‘small organization’’ is
generally ‘‘any not-for-profit enterprise
which is independently owned and
operated and is not dominant in its
field.’’16 Nationwide, as of 2012, there
were approximately 2,300,000 small
organizations.17 Finally, the term ‘‘small
governmental jurisdiction’’ is defined
generally as ‘‘governments of cities,
towns, townships, villages, school
districts, or special districts, with a
population of less than fifty
thousand.’’18 Census Bureau data for
2012 indicate that there were 90,056
10 5
U.S.C. 603(b)(3).
U.S.C. 601(6).
12 5 U.S.C. 601(3) (incorporating by reference the
definition of ‘‘small business concern’’ in 15 U.S.C.
632). Pursuant to the RFA, the statutory definition
of a small business applies ‘‘unless an agency, after
consultation with the Office of Advocacy of the
Small Business Administration and after
opportunity for public comment, establishes one or
more definitions of such term which are
appropriate to the activities of the agency and
publishes such definition(s) in the Federal
Register.’’ 5 U.S.C. 601(3).
13 Small Business Act, 15 U.S.C. 632 (1996).
14 See 5 U.S.C. 601(3)–(6).
15 See SBA, Office of Advocacy, ‘‘Frequently
Asked Questions,’’ https://www.sba.gov/sites/
default/files/FAQ_March_2014_0.pdf (last visited
May 2, 2014; figures are from 2011).
16 5 U.S.C. 601(4).
17 National Center for Charitable Statistics, The
Nonprofit Almanac (2012).
18 5 U.S.C. 601(5).
rljohnson on DSK3VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS
11 5
VerDate Sep<11>2014
14:52 Nov 20, 2014
Jkt 235001
local governments in the United
States.19 Thus, we estimate that most
governmental jurisdictions are small.
175. LPAS Licensees. There are a total
of more than 1,200 Low Power
Auxiliary Station (LPAS) licenses in all
bands and a total of over 600 LPAS
licenses in the UHF spectrum.20
Existing LPAS operations are intended
for uses such as wireless microphones,
cue and control communications, and
synchronization of TV camera signals.
These low power auxiliary stations
transmit over distances of
approximately 100 meters.21
176. Low Power Auxiliary Device
Manufacturers: Radio and Television
Broadcasting and Wireless
Communications Equipment
Manufacturing. The Census Bureau
defines this category as follows: ‘‘This
industry comprises establishments
primarily engaged in manufacturing
radio and television broadcast and
wireless communications equipment.
Examples of products made by these
establishments are: transmitting and
receiving antennas, cable television
equipment, GPS equipment, pagers,
cellular phones, mobile
communications equipment, and radio
and television studio and broadcasting
equipment.’’22 The SBA has developed
a small business size standard for Radio
and Television Broadcasting and
Wireless Communications Equipment
Manufacturing, which is: all such firms
having 750 or fewer employees.23
According to Census Bureau data for
2007, there were a total of 939
establishments in this category that
operated for the entire year.24 Of this
19 U.S.
Census Bureau, Government Organization
Summary Report: 2012 (rel. Sep. 26, 2013), https://
www2.census.gov/govs/cog/g12_org.pdf (last visited
May 2, 2014).
20 FCC, Universal Licensing System (ULS),
available at https://wireless.fcc.gov/uls/
index.htm?job=home (last visited May 13, 2014).
21 47 CFR 74.801.
22 U.S. Census Bureau, 2012 NAICS Definitions:
334220 Radio and Television Broadcasting and
Wireless Communications Equipment
Manufacturing, https://www.census.gov/cgi-bin/
sssd/naics/naicsrch?code=334220 &search=2012
(last visited May 6, 2014).
23 13 CFR 121.201, NAICS code 334220.
24 U.S. Census Bureau, Table No. EC0731SG3,
Manufacturing: Summary Series: General Summary:
Industry Statistics for Subsectors and Industries by
Employment Size: 2007 (NAICS code 334220),
https://factfinder2.census.gov/faces/tableservices/
jsf/pages/productview.xhtml?pid=ECN_2007_US_
31SG3. The number of ‘‘establishments’’ is a less
helpful indicator of small business prevalence in
this context than would be the number of ‘‘firms’’
or ‘‘companies,’’ because the latter take into account
the concept of common ownership or control. Any
single physical location for an entity is an
establishment, even though that location may be
owned by a different establishment. Thus, the
numbers given may reflect inflated numbers of
businesses in this category, including the numbers
of small businesses.
PO 00000
Frm 00033
Fmt 4702
Sfmt 4702
69409
total, 912 establishments had
employment of less than 500, and an
additional 10 establishments had
employment of 500 to 999.25 Thus,
under this size standard, the majority of
firms can be considered small.
177. Low Power Auxiliary Device
Manufacturers: Other Communications
Equipment Manufacturing. The Census
Bureau defines this category as follows:
‘‘This industry comprises
establishments primarily engaged in
manufacturing communications
equipment (except telephone apparatus,
and radio and television broadcast, and
wireless communications
equipment).’’ 26 The SBA has developed
a small business size standard for Other
Communications Equipment
Manufacturing, which is: all such firms
having 750 or fewer employees.27
According to Census Bureau data for
2007, there were a total of 452
establishments in this category that
operated for the entire year.28 Of this
total, 448 establishments had
employment below 500, and an
additional 4 establishments had
employment of 500 to 999.29 Thus,
under this size standard, the majority of
firms can be considered small.
178. Television Broadcasting. This
Economic Census category ‘‘comprises
establishments primarily engaged in
broadcasting images together with
sound. These establishments operate
television broadcasting studios and
facilities for the programming and
transmission of programs to the
public.’’ 30 The SBA has created the
25 Id. An additional 17 establishments had
employment of 1,000 or more.
26 U.S. Census Bureau, 2012 NAICS Definitions:
334290 Other Communications Equipment
Manufacturing, https://www.census.gov/cgi-bin/
sssd/naics/naicsrch?code=334290&search=2012
(last visited May 6, 2014).
27 13 CFR 121.201, NAICS code 334290.
28 U.S. Census Bureau, Table No. EC0731SG3,
Manufacturing: Summary Series: General Summary:
Industry Statistics for Subsectors and Industries by
Employment Size: 2007 (NAICS code 334290),
https://factfinder2.census.gov/faces/tableservices/
jsf/pages/productview.xhtml?pid=ECN_2007_US_
31SG3&prodType=table (last visited May 6, 2014).
The number of ‘‘establishments’’ is a less helpful
indicator of small business prevalence in this
context than would be the number of ‘‘firms’’ or
‘‘companies,’’ because the latter take into account
the concept of common ownership or control. Any
single physical location for an entity is an
establishment, even though that location may be
owned by a different establishment. Thus, the
numbers given may reflect inflated numbers of
businesses in this category, including the numbers
of small businesses.
29 Id. There were no establishments that had
employment of 1,000 or more.
30 U.S. Census Bureau, 2012 NAICS Definitions:
515120 Television Broadcasting, (partial definition),
https://www.census.gov/cgi-bin/sssd/naics/
naicsrch?code=515120&search=2012 (last visited
May 6, 2014).
E:\FR\FM\21NOP1.SGM
21NOP1
69410
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 225 / Friday, November 21, 2014 / Proposed Rules
rljohnson on DSK3VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS
following small business size standard
for Television Broadcasting firms: those
having $38.5 million or less in annual
receipts.31 The Commission has
estimated the number of licensed
commercial television stations to be
1,388.32 In addition, according to
Commission staff review of the BIA
Advisory Services, LLC’s Media Access
Pro Television Database on March 28,
2012, about 950 of an estimated 1,300
commercial television stations (or
approximately 73 percent) had revenues
of $14 million or less.33 We therefore
estimate that the majority of commercial
television broadcasters are small
entities.
179. We note, however, that in
assessing whether a business concern
qualifies as small under the above
definition, business (control) affiliations
must be included.34 Our estimate,
therefore, likely overstates the number
of small entities that might be affected
by our action because the revenue figure
on which it is based does not include or
aggregate revenues from affiliated
companies. In addition, an element of
the definition of ‘‘small business’’ is that
the entity not be dominant in its field
of operation. We are unable at this time
to define or quantify the criteria that
would establish whether a specific
television station is dominant in its field
of operation. Accordingly, the estimate
of small businesses to which rules may
apply does not exclude any television
station from the definition of a small
business on this basis and is therefore
possibly over-inclusive to that extent.
180. In addition, the Commission has
estimated the number of licensed
noncommercial educational (NCE)
television stations to be 396.35 These
stations are non-profit, and therefore
considered to be small entities.36
181. There are also 2,414 low power
television stations, including Class A
stations and 4,046 television translator
stations.37 Given the nature of these
31 13 CFR 121.201 (NAICS code 515120) (updated
for inflation in 2010).
32 See FCC News Release, Broadcast Station
Totals as of December 31, 2013 (rel. January 8,
2014), https://transition.fcc.gov/Daily_Releases/
Daily_Business/2014/db0108/DOC-325039A1.pdf.
33 We recognize that BIA’s estimate differs
slightly from the FCC total given.
34 ‘‘[Business concerns] are affiliates of each other
when one concern controls or has the power to
control the other or a third party or parties controls
or has to power to control both.’’ 13 CFR
21.103(a)(1).
35 See FCC News Release, Broadcast Station
Totals as of December 31, 2013 (rel. January 8,
2014), https://transition.fcc.gov/Daily_Releases/
Daily_Business/2014/db0108/DOC-325039A1.pdf.
36 See generally 5 U.S.C. 601(4), (6).
37 See FCC News Release, Broadcast Station
Totals as of December 31, 2013 (rel. January 8,
2014), https://transition.fcc.gov/Daily_Releases/
Daily_Business/2014/db0108/DOC-325039A1.pdf.
VerDate Sep<11>2014
14:52 Nov 20, 2014
Jkt 235001
services, we will presume that all of
these entities qualify as small entities
under the above SBA small business
size standard.
182. Cable Television Distribution
Services. Since 2007, these services
have been defined within the broad
economic census category of Wired
Telecommunications Carriers; that
category is defined as follows: ‘‘This
industry comprises establishments
primarily engaged in operating and/or
providing access to transmission
facilities and infrastructure that they
own and/or lease for the transmission of
voice, data, text, sound, and video using
wired telecommunications networks.
Transmission facilities may be based on
a single technology or a combination of
technologies.’’ 38 The SBA has
developed a small business size
standard for this category, which is: All
such firms having 1,500 or fewer
employees.39 Census data for 2007
shows that there were 3,188 firms that
operated for the duration of that year.40
Of those, 3,144 had fewer than 1,000
employees, and 44 firms had more than
1,000 employees. Thus under this
category and the associated small
business size standard, the majority of
such firms can be considered small.
183. Cable Companies and Systems.
The Commission has also developed its
own small business size standards, for
the purpose of cable rate regulation.
Under the Commission’s rules, a ‘‘small
cable company’’ is one serving 400,000
or fewer subscribers, nationwide.41
Industry data indicate that of
approximately 1,100 cable operators
nationwide, all but ten are small under
this size standard.42 In addition, under
38 U.S. Census Bureau, 2012 NAICS Definitions:
517110 Wired Telecommunications Carriers, https://
www.census.gov/cgi-bin/sssd/naics/
naicsrch?code=517110&search=2012 (last visited
May 5, 2014).
39 U.S. Small Business Administration, Table of
Small Business Size Standards Matched to North
American Industry Classification System Codes, at
28 (2014), https://www.sba.gov/sites/default/files/
files/size_table_01222014.pdf.
40 See U.S. Census Bureau, American FactFinder,
2007 Economic Census of the United States, Table
No. EC0751SSSZ5, Establishment and Firm Size:
Employment Size of Firms for the United States:
2007, NAICS code 517110, https://
factfinder2.census.gov/faces/tableservices/jsf/
pages/productview.xhtml?pid=ECN_2007_US_
51SSSZ5 (last visited May 7, 2014).
41 47 CFR 76.901(e). The Commission determined
that this size standard equates approximately to a
size standard of $100 million or less in annual
revenues. Implementation of Sections of the 1992
Cable Act: Rate Regulation, Sixth Report and Order
and Eleventh Order on Reconsideration, 10 FCC
Rcd 7393, 7408 (1995).
42 Industry Data, National Cable &
Telecommunications Association, https://
www.ncta.com/industry-data (last visited May 6,
2014); R.R. Bowker, Broadcasting & Cable Yearbook
2010, ‘‘Top 25 Cable/Satellite Operators,’’ p. C–2
(data current as of December, 2008).
PO 00000
Frm 00034
Fmt 4702
Sfmt 4702
the Commission’s rules, a ‘‘small
system’’ is a cable system serving 15,000
or fewer subscribers.43 Current
Commission records show 4,945 cable
systems nationwide.44 Of this total,
4,380 cable systems have fewer than
20,000 subscribers, and 565 systems
have 20,000 or more subscribers, based
on the same records. Thus, under this
standard, we estimate that most cable
systems are small entities.
184. Cable System Operators. The
Communications Act of 1934, as
amended, also contains a size standard
for small cable system operators, which
is ‘‘a cable operator that, directly or
through an affiliate, serves in the
aggregate fewer than 1 percent of all
subscribers in the United States and is
not affiliated with any entity or entities
whose gross annual revenues in the
aggregate exceed $250,000,000.’’ 45 The
Commission has determined that an
operator serving fewer than 677,000
subscribers shall be deemed a small
operator, if its annual revenues, when
combined with the total annual
revenues of all its affiliates, do not
exceed $250 million in the aggregate.46
Industry data indicate that of
approximately 1,100 cable operators
nationwide, all but ten are small under
this size standard.47 We note that the
Commission neither requests nor
collects information on whether cable
system operators are affiliated with
entities whose gross annual revenues
exceed $250 million,48 and therefore we
are unable to estimate more accurately
the number of cable system operators
that would qualify as small under this
size standard.
185. Direct Broadcast Satellite
(‘‘DBS’’) Service. DBS service is a
nationally distributed subscription
service that delivers video and audio
programming via satellite to a small
parabolic ‘‘dish’’ antenna at the
43 47
CFR 76.901(c).
number of active, registered cable systems
comes from the Commission’s Cable Operations and
Licensing System (COALS) database on Aug. 28,
2013. A cable system is a physical system integrated
to a principal headend.
45 47 U.S.C. 543(m)(2); see 47 CFR 76.901(f) & nn.
1–3.
46 47 CFR 76.901(f); see Public Notice, FCC
Announces New Subscriber Count for the Definition
of Small Cable Operator, DA 01–158 (Cable
Services Bureau, Jan. 24, 2001).
47 R.R. Bowker, Broadcasting & Cable Yearbook
2006, ‘‘Top 25 Cable/Satellite Operators,’’ pages A–
8 & C–2 (data current as of June 30, 2005); Warren
Communications News, Television & Cable
Factbook 2006, ‘‘Ownership of Cable Systems in the
United States,’’ pp. D–1805 to D–1857.
48 The Commission does receive such information
on a case-by-case basis if a cable operator appeals
a local franchise authority’s finding that the
operator does not qualify as a small cable operator
pursuant to 76.901(f) of the Commission’s rules. See
47 CFR 76.909(b).
44 The
E:\FR\FM\21NOP1.SGM
21NOP1
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 225 / Friday, November 21, 2014 / Proposed Rules
subscriber’s location. DBS, by
exception, is now included in the SBA’s
broad economic census category, Wired
Telecommunications Carriers,49 which
was developed for small wireline firms.
Under this category, the SBA deems a
wireline business to be small if it has
1,500 or fewer employees.50 To gauge
small business prevalence for the DBS
service, the Commission relies on data
currently available from the U.S. Census
for the year 2007. According to that
source, there were 3,188 firms that in
2007 were Wired Telecommunications
Carriers. Of these, 3,144 operated with
less than 1,000 employees, and 44
operated with more than 1,000
employees. However, as to the latter 44
there is no data available that shows
how many operated with more than
1,500 employees. Based on this data, the
majority of these firms can be
considered small.51 Currently, only two
entities provide DBS service, which
requires a great investment of capital for
operation: DIRECTV and EchoStar
Communications Corporation
(‘‘EchoStar’’) (marketed as the DISH
Network).52 Each currently offers
subscription services. DIRECTV 53 and
EchoStar 54 each report annual revenues
that are in excess of the threshold for a
small business. Because DBS service
requires significant capital, we believe it
is unlikely that a small entity as defined
by the SBA would have the financial
wherewithal to become a DBS service
provider.
186. Cable and Other Subscription
Programming. This industry comprises
establishments primarily engaged in
operating studios and facilities for the
broadcasting of programs on a
subscription or fee basis. The broadcast
programming is typically narrowcast in
nature (e.g., limited format, such as
49 See
13 CFR 121.201 (NAICS code 517110).
rljohnson on DSK3VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS
50 Id.
51 See U.S. Census Bureau, Table No.
EC0751SSSZ5, Information: Subject Series—
Establishment and Firm Size: Employment Size of
Firms for the United States: 2007 (NAICS code
517110), https://factfinder2.census.gov/faces/
tableservices/jsf/pages/
productview.xhtml?pid=ECN_2007_US_51SSSZ5.
52 See Annual Assessment of the Status of
Competition in the Market for the Delivery of Video
Programming, Fifteenth Annual Report, MB Docket
No. 12–203, 28 FCC Rcd 10496, 10507, para. 27
(2013) (‘‘15th Annual Report’’).
53 As of June 2012, DIRECTV is the largest DBS
operator and the second largest MVPD, serving an
estimated 19.8% of MVPD subscribers nationwide.
See 15th Annual Report, 28 FCC Rcd at 687, Table
B–3.
54 As of June 2012, DISH Network is the second
largest DBS operator and the third largest MVPD,
serving an estimated 13.01% of MVPD subscribers
nationwide. Id. As of June 2006, Dominion served
fewer than 500,000 subscribers, which may now be
receiving ‘‘Sky Angel’’ service from DISH Network.
See id. at 581, para. 76.
VerDate Sep<11>2014
14:52 Nov 20, 2014
Jkt 235001
news, sports, education, or youthoriented). These establishments produce
programming in their own facilities or
acquire programming. The programming
material is usually delivered to a third
party, such as cable systems or directto-home satellite systems, for
transmission to viewers.55 The SBA size
standard for this industry establishes as
small any company in this category
which receives annual receipts of $38.5
million or less.56 Based on U.S. Census
data for 2007, a total of 659
establishments operated for the entire
year.57 Of that 659, 197 operated with
annual receipts of $10 million or more.
The remaining 462 establishments
operated with annual receipts of less
than $10 million. Based on this data, the
Commission estimates that the majority
of establishments operating in this
industry are small.
187. Radio and Television
Broadcasting and Wireless
Communications Equipment
Manufacturing. The Census Bureau
defines this category as follows: ‘‘This
industry comprises establishments
primarily engaged in manufacturing
radio and television broadcast and
wireless communications equipment.
Examples of products made by these
establishments are: Transmitting and
receiving antennas, cable television
equipment, GPS equipment, pagers,
cellular phones, mobile
communications equipment, and radio
and television studio and broadcasting
equipment.’’ 58 The SBA has developed
a small business size standard for Radio
and Television Broadcasting and
Wireless Communications Equipment
Manufacturing, which is: All such firms
having 750 or fewer employees.59
According to Census Bureau data for
2007, there were a total of 939
establishments in this category that
operated for part or all of the entire year.
Of this total, 912 had less than 500
employees and 17 had more than 1000
55 U.S. Census Bureau, 2012 NAICS Definitions:
515210 Cable and Other Subscription
Programming, https://www.census.gov/cgi-bin/sssd/
naics/naicsrch?code=515210&search=2012 (last
visited Mar. 6, 2014).
56 See 13 CFR 121.201 (NAICS code 515210).
57 See U.S. Census Bureau, Table No.
EC0751SSSZ1, Information: Subject Series—
Establishment and Firm Size: Receipts Size of
Establishments for the United States: 2007 (NAICS
code 515210), https://factfinder2.census.gov/faces/
tableservices/jsf/pages/
productview.xhtml?pid=ECN_2007_US_51SSSZ1.
58 U.S. Census Bureau, 2012 NAICS Definitions:
334220 Radio and Television Broadcasting and
Wireless Communications Equipment
Manufacturing, https://www.census.gov/cgi-bin/
sssd/naics/naicsrch?code=334220&search=2012
(last visited Mar. 6, 2014).
59 13 CFR 121.201 (NAICS code 334220).
PO 00000
Frm 00035
Fmt 4702
Sfmt 4702
69411
employees.60 Thus, under that size
standard, the majority of firms can be
considered small.
188. Audio and Video Equipment
Manufacturing. The SBA has classified
the manufacturing of audio and video
equipment under in NAICS Codes
classification scheme as an industry in
which a manufacturer is small if it has
fewer than 750 employees.61 Data
contained in the 2007 U.S. Census
indicate that 492 establishments
operated in that industry for all or part
of that year. In that year, 488
establishments had fewer than 500
employees; and only 1 had more than
1000 employees.62 Thus, under the
applicable size standard, a majority of
manufacturers of audio and video
equipment may be considered small.
189. Wireless Telecommunications
Carriers (except satellite). The Census
Bureau defines this category as follows:
‘‘This industry comprises
establishments engaged in operating and
maintaining switching and transmission
facilities to provide communications via
the airwaves. Establishments in this
industry have spectrum licenses and
provide services using that spectrum,
such as cellular phone services, paging
services, wireless Internet access, and
wireless video services.’’ 63 The
appropriate size standard under SBA
rules is for the category Wireless
Telecommunications Carriers (except
Satellite). The size standard for that
category is that a business is small if it
has 1,500 or fewer employees.64 For this
category, census data for 2007 show that
there were 1,383 firms that operated for
the entire year.65 Of this total, 1,368
firms had employment of 999 or fewer
employees and 15 had employment of
60 See U.S. Census Bureau, Table No. EC0731SG3,
Manufacturing: Summary Series: General
Summary: Industry Statistics for Subsectors and
Industries by Employment Size: 2007 (NAICS code
334220), https://factfinder2.census.gov/faces/
tableservices/jsf/pages/
productview.xhtml?pid=ECN_2007_US_31SG3.
61 13 CFR 121.201 (NAICS code 334310).
62 See U.S. Census Bureau, Table No. EC0731SG3,
Manufacturing: Summary Series: General
Summary: Industry Statistics for Subsectors and
Industries by Employment Size: 2007 (NAICS code
334310), https://factfinder2.census.gov/faces/
tableservices/jsf/pages/
productview.xhtml?pid=ECN_2007_US_31SG3.
63 U.S. Census Bureau, 2012 NAICS Definitions:
517210 Wireless Telecommunications Carriers
(except Satellite), https://www.census.gov/cgi-bin/
sssd/naics/naicsrch?code=517210&search=2012
(last visited Mar. 6, 2014).
64 13 CFR 121.201 (NAICS code 517210).
65 U.S. Census Bureau, Table No. EC0751SSSZ5,
Information: Subject Series—Establishment and
Firm Size: Employment Size of Firms for the United
States: 2007 (NAICS code 517210), https://
factfinder2.census.gov/faces/tableservices/jsf/
pages/productview.xhtml?pid=ECN_2007_US_
51SSSZ5.
E:\FR\FM\21NOP1.SGM
21NOP1
69412
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 225 / Friday, November 21, 2014 / Proposed Rules
1000 employees or more.66 Similarly,
according to Commission data, 413
carriers reported that they were engaged
in the provision of wireless telephony,
including cellular service, PCS, and
Specialized Mobile Radio (‘‘SMR’’)
Telephony services.67 Of these, an
estimated 261 have 1,500 or fewer
employees and 152 have more than
1,500 employees.68 Consequently, the
Commission estimates that
approximately half or more of these
firms can be considered small. Thus,
using available data, we estimate that
the majority of wireless firms can be
considered small.
190. Manufacturers of Unlicensed
Devices. In the context of this FRFA,
manufacturers of Part 15 unlicensed
devices that are operated in the UHF–
TV band (channels 14–51) for wireless
data transfer fall into the category of
Radio and Television and Wireless
Communications Equipment
Manufacturing. The Census Bureau
defines this category as follows: ‘‘This
industry comprises establishments
primarily engaged in manufacturing
radio and television broadcast and
wireless communications equipment.
Examples of products made by these
establishments are: Transmitting and
receiving antennas, cable television
equipment, GPS equipment, pagers,
cellular phones, mobile
communications equipment, and radio
and television studio and broadcasting
equipment.’’ 69 The SBA has developed
the small business size standard for this
category as firms having 750 or fewer
employees.70 According to Census
Bureau data for 2007, there were a total
of 939 establishments in this category
that operated for the entire year.71 Of
this total, 912 had less than 500
employees and 17 had more than 1000
employees. Thus, under that size
standard, the majority of firms can be
considered small.
191. Personal Radio Services/Wireless
Medical Telemetry Service (‘‘WMTS’’).
Personal radio services provide shortrange, low power radio for personal
communications, radio signaling, and
business communications not provided
for in other services. The Personal Radio
Services include spectrum licensed
under part 95 of our rules.72 These
services include Citizen Band Radio
Service (‘‘CB’’), General Mobile Radio
Service (‘‘GMRS’’), Radio Control Radio
Service (‘‘R/C’’), Family Radio Service
(‘‘FRS’’), Wireless Medical Telemetry
Service (‘‘WMTS’’), Medical Implant
Communications Service (‘‘MICS’’), Low
Power Radio Service (‘‘LPRS’’), and
Multi-Use Radio Service (‘‘MURS’’).73
There are a variety of methods used to
license the spectrum in these rule parts,
from licensing by rule, to conditioning
operation on successful completion of a
required test, to site-based licensing, to
geographic area licensing. Under the
RFA, the Commission is required to
make a determination of which small
entities are directly affected by the rules
adopted. Since all such entities are
wireless, we apply the definition of
Wireless Telecommunications Carriers
(except Satellite), pursuant to which a
small entity is defined as employing
1,500 or fewer persons.74 For this
category, census data for 2007 show that
there were 1,383 firms that operated for
the entire year.75 Of this total, 1,368
firms had employment of 999 or fewer
employees and 15 had employment of
1000 employees or more.76 Thus under
this category and the associated small
business size standard, the Commission
estimates that the majority of personal
radio service and WMTS providers are
small entities.
192. However, we note that many of
the licensees in these services are
individuals, and thus are not small
entities. In addition, due to the mostly
unlicensed and shared nature of the
72 47
rljohnson on DSK3VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS
66 Id.
Available census data do not provide a more
precise estimate of the number of firms that have
employment of 1,500 or fewer employees; the
largest category provided is for firms with 1000
employees or more.
67 See Trends in Telephone Service at Table 5.3.
68 See id.
69 U.S. Census Bureau, 2012 NAICS Definitions:
334220 Radio and Television Broadcasting and
Wireless Communications Equipment
Manufacturing, https://www.census.gov/cgi-bin/
sssd/naics/naicsrch?code=334220&search=2012
(last visited Mar. 6, 2014).
70 13 CFR 121.201 (NAICS code 334220).
71 U.S. Census Bureau, Table No. EC0731SG3,
Manufacturing: Summary Series: General
Summary: Industry Statistics for Subsectors and
Industries by Employment Size: 2007 (NAICS code
334220), https://factfinder2.census.gov/faces/
tableservices/jsf/pages/
productview.xhtml?pid=ECN_2007_US_31SG3.
VerDate Sep<11>2014
14:52 Nov 20, 2014
Jkt 235001
CFR part 95.
Citizens Band Radio Service, General
Mobile Radio Service, Radio Control Radio Service,
Family Radio Service, Wireless Medical Telemetry
Service, Medical Implant Communications Service,
Low Power Radio Service, and Multi-Use Radio
Service are governed by subpart D, subpart A,
subpart C, subpart B, subpart H, subpart I, subpart
G, and subpart J, respectively, of part 95 of the
Commission’s rules. See generally 47 CFR part 95.
74 13 CFR 121.201 (NAICS Code 517210).
75 U.S. Census Bureau, Table No. EC0751SSSZ5,
Information: Subject Series—Establishment and
Firm Size: Employment Size of Firms for the United
States: 2007 (NAICS code 517210), https://
factfinder2.census.gov/faces/tableservices/jsf/
pages/productview.xhtml?pid=ECN_2007_US_
51SSSZ5.
76 Id. Available census data do not provide a more
precise estimate of the number of firms that have
employment of 1,500 or fewer employees; the
largest category provided is for firms with 1000
employees or more.
73 The
PO 00000
Frm 00036
Fmt 4702
Sfmt 4702
spectrum utilized in many of these
services, the Commission lacks direct
information upon which to base a more
specific estimation of the number of
small entities under an SBA definition
that might be directly affected by our
action.
193. Motion Picture and Video
Production. The Census Bureau defines
this category as follows: ‘‘This industry
comprises establishments primarily
engaged in producing, or producing and
distributing motion pictures, videos,
television programs, or television
commercials.’’ 77 The SBA has
developed a small business size
standard for this category, which is: all
such businesses having $30 million
dollars or less in annual receipts.78
Census data for 2007 show that there
were 9,478 establishments that operated
that year.79 Of that number, 9,128 had
annual receipts of $24,999,999 or less,
and 350 had annual receipts ranging
from not less than $25,000,000 to
$100,000,000 or more.80 Thus, under
this size standard, the majority of such
businesses can be considered small
entities.
194. Radio Broadcasting. The SBA
defines a radio broadcast station as a
small business if such station has no
more than $38.5 million in annual
receipts.81 Business concerns included
in this industry are those ‘‘primarily
engaged in broadcasting aural programs
by radio to the public.’’ 82 According to
review of the BIA Publications, Inc.
Master Access Radio Analyzer Database
as of November 26, 2013, about 11,331
(or about 99.9 percent) of 11,341
commercial radio stations have
revenues of $35.5 million or less and
thus qualify as small entities under the
SBA definition. The Commission notes,
however, that, in assessing whether a
business concern qualifies as small
under the above definition, business
(control) affiliations 83 must be
included. This estimate, therefore, likely
77 U.S. Census Bureau, 2012 NAICS Definitions:
512110 Motion Picture and Video Production,
https://www.census.gov/cgi-bin/sssd/naics/
naicsrch?code=512110&search=2012 (last visited
Mar. 6, 2014).
78 13 CFR 121.201, 2012 NAICS code 512110.
79 U.S. Census Bureau, Table No. EC0751SSSZ5,
Information: Subject Series—Establishment and
Firm Size: Employment Size of Firms for the United
States: 2007 (NAICS code 512110), https://
factfinder2.census.gov/faces/tableservices/jsf/
pages/productview.xhtml?pid=ECN_2007_US_
51SSSZ5.
80 See id.
81 13 CFR 121.201, 2012 NAICS code 515112.
82 U.S. Census Bureau, 2012 NAICS Definitions:
515112 Radio Broadcasting, https://
www.census.gov/cgi-bin/sssd/naics/
naicsrch?code=515112&search=2012 (last visited
Mar. 6, 2014).
83 See n.14.
E:\FR\FM\21NOP1.SGM
21NOP1
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 225 / Friday, November 21, 2014 / Proposed Rules
rljohnson on DSK3VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS
overstates the number of small entities
that might be affected, because the
revenue figure on which it is based does
not include or aggregate revenues from
affiliated companies.
195. In addition, an element of the
definition of ‘‘small business’’ is that the
entity not be dominant in its field of
operation. The Commission is unable at
this time to define or quantify the
criteria that would establish whether a
specific radio station is dominant in its
field of operation. Accordingly, the
estimate of small businesses to which
rules may apply does not exclude any
radio station from the definition of a
small business on this basis and
therefore may be over-inclusive to that
extent. Also, as noted, an additional
element of the definition of ‘‘small
business’’ is that the entity must be
independently owned and operated.
The Commission notes that it is difficult
at times to assess these criteria in the
context of media entities and the
estimates of small businesses to which
they apply may be over-inclusive to this
extent.
196. Radio, Television, and Other
Electronics Stores. The Census Bureau
defines this economic census category
as follows: ‘‘This U.S. industry
comprises: (1) Establishments known as
consumer electronics stores primarily
engaged in retailing a general line of
new consumer-type electronic products
such as televisions, computers, and
cameras; (2) establishments specializing
in retailing a single line of consumertype electronic products; (3)
establishments primarily engaged in
retailing these new electronic products
in combination with repair and support
services; (4) establishments primarily
engaged in retailing new prepackaged
computer software; and/or (5)
establishments primarily engaged in
retailing prerecorded audio and video
media, such as CDs, DVDs, and
tapes.’’ 84 The SBA has developed a
small business size standard for
Electronic Stores, which is: All such
firms having $32.5 million or less in
annual receipts.85 According to Census
Bureau data for 2007, there were 11,358
firms in this category that operated for
the entire year.86 Of this total, 11,323
84 U.S. Census Bureau, 2012 NAICS Definitions,
443142 Electronics,https://www.census.gov/cgi-bin/
sssd/naics/naicsrch?code=443142&search=2012
NAICS Search (last visited May 6, 2014).
85 13 CFR 121.201, NAICS code 443142.
86 U.S. Census Bureau, 2007 Economic Census,
Subject Series: Retail Trade, Estab & Firm Size:
Summary Statistics by Sales Size of Firms for the
United States: 2007, NAICS code 443142 (released
2010), https://www2.census.gov/econ2007/EC/
sector44/EC0744SSSZ4.zip (last visited May 7,
2014). Though the current small business size
standard for electronic store receipts is $30 million
VerDate Sep<11>2014
14:52 Nov 20, 2014
Jkt 235001
firms had annual receipts of under $25
million, and 35 firms had receipts of
$25 million or more but less than $50
million.87 Thus, the majority of firms in
this category can be considered small.
Description of Projected Reporting,
Recordkeeping, and Other Compliance
Requirements
197. Use of databases. The NPRM
seeks comment on the use of use of
databases. Wireless microphone
technologies today do not use a database
as a mechanism for indicating to the
wireless microphone user that particular
frequencies in a particular area were
available, such as at particular locations
that were not being used by other users
with priority over the wireless
microphone users. White space devices
operating in the TV bands must access
a database to determine that spectrum is
available for their operations and that
they would not potentially be
interfering with other users at specified
locations and times.88 Would wireless
microphone systems potentially benefit
from the ability to access to a database?
Could requiring use of a database for
gaining access to spectrum in a
particular band or identifying particular
locations and times where they may
operate without causing interference to
other users in the band help to mitigate
or eliminate the concerns of other users
in the band that wireless microphone
operations might cause harmful
interference to these other users? What
might be the costs and benefits of
developing and using a database, and
would these differ depending on the
needs of particular types of wireless
microphone users?
198. Use of other technologies that
promote opportunities to access
additional spectrum. We seek comment
on other technological advancements
that could promote greater opportunities
for wireless microphones to share use of
spectrum in different bands.
199. Are there technological advances
that are currently available or
contemplated that better enable wireless
microphones to adjust dynamically to a
particular interference environment,
either automatically or through
coordination, to promote more efficient
use among the wireless microphones or
among wireless microphones and other
or less in annual receipts, in 2007 the small
business size standard was $9 million or less in
annual receipts. In 2007, there were 11,214 firms in
this category that operated for the entire year. Of
this total, 10,963 firms had annual receipts of under
$5 million, and 251 firms had receipts of $5 million
or more but less than $10 million. Id.
87 Id. An additional 33 firms had annual receipts
of $50 million or more.
88 47 CFR 15.711(b)(3).
PO 00000
Frm 00037
Fmt 4702
Sfmt 4702
69413
users in the band? For instance, could
devices that include sophisticated
dynamic power variability capabilities
help promote more intensive use of the
spectrum resource in a given area?
Would these more dynamic capabilities
enable wireless microphones to vary or
adjust power levels to minimize or
eliminate interference to other users in
a particular setting, or facilitate more reuse of the available spectrum? We invite
comment on whether technological
advances along these lines could both
facilitate more efficient use of the
spectrum while also helping to ensure
that they do not cause harmful
interference to other users of the
spectrum.
200. Are there particular technologies,
such as an ‘‘electronic key’’ or similar
mechanism, that would ensure that a
wireless microphone device be able to
access and operate only on particular
frequencies at particular locations and
times, but nowhere else, thus
eliminating the potential for harmful
interference to other users (such as other
users with primary or superior spectrum
rights are particularly sensitive to
harmful interference) and by so doing
provide additional opportunities for
wireless microphone operations in
bands? 89 Are there other approaches
that would effectively limit wireless
microphone operation to particular
locations, thus protecting other
operators from harmful interference? We
seek broad comment on the
development and use of these types of
mechanisms and the tradeoffs or
practicalities associated with them. Are
there particular scenarios or bands in
which use of these mechanisms could
provide additional opportunities to
access spectrum?
201. Other technological advances.
Are there other technological
advancements that could help to ensure
that the various different wireless
microphone users’ needs are
accommodated over the longer term?
What are they? Are there actions the
Commission should take to promote
these developments so that they occur
in a timely fashion?
202. In this proceeding, the
Commission invites comment on
potential revisions to the existing rules
for Part 74 wireless microphone (and
other LPAS) operations in the spectrum
that will remain allocated for TV
services following the repacking
process. Specifically, we invite
comment on revisions to the technical
rules for LPAS operations on the VHF
89 See Section III.C.8, above (discussion of use of
an electronic key when accessing the 1.4 GHz
band).
E:\FR\FM\21NOP1.SGM
21NOP1
rljohnson on DSK3VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS
69414
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 225 / Friday, November 21, 2014 / Proposed Rules
band; on permitting licensed LPAS
operations on channels in locations
closer to the television stations
(including within the DTV contour),
without the need for coordination,
provided that the television signal falls
below specified technical thresholds; on
adoption of the ETSI emission mask
standard for analog and digital wireless
microphones; and general comment on
other potential revisions concerning
licensed LPAS operations in the TV
bands.
203. Consumer Education and
Outreach. We seek comment on the
consumer education and outreach
efforts that should be employed to
educate wireless microphone users,
particularly unlicensed users operating
in the repurposed 600 MHz band. Our
goals are to make information available
so users are aware that they must cease
operating their wireless microphones on
the repurposed 600 MHz Band no later
than the end of the transition period
(i.e., 39 months after the release of the
Channel Reassignment PN); to set in
motion a process so they are aware of
relevant factors concerning the
operation of wireless microphones that
are currently in use; and to establish a
means for users to locate additional
spectrum and equipment for their
operations. A successful consumer
education and outreach campaign will
involve the Commission staff working
with a broad group of interested entities,
including wireless microphone
manufacturers, wireless microphones
users, and user representatives.
204. Given that a portion of the UHF
spectrum that is currently used and
available for wireless microphone
operations may no longer be available
following the incentive auction,90 we
seek comment on how wireless
microphone users can be provided
access to information on the specific
frequencies and the geographic areas of
repurposed spectrum that will no longer
be available for wireless microphone
use at the end of the transition. What
specific information should be provided
to wireless microphone users to ensure
that they know the requirements for
operating in the repurposed spectrum
during the transition period and the
need to exit the band by the end of the
transition? Although the Channel
Reassignment PN will provide
information on the spectrum that will be
repurposed and no longer available for
wireless microphones,91 we first seek
90 Incentive Auction R&O, 29 FCC Rcd 6704–05
para. 316.
91 In addition to initiating the 39-month transition
period, the Channel Reassignment PN will identify
the new channel assignments for full power and
VerDate Sep<11>2014
14:52 Nov 20, 2014
Jkt 235001
comment on what steps can be taken to
provide wireless microphone users with
information on the transition prior to
the auction. For example, we seek
comment on whether explanations
could be provided on the Commission’s
Web site and on the Web sites of
manufacturers that would explain the
steps required under the Commission’s
rules to vacate the repurposed 600 MHz
Band, and any information on
alternative spectrum that is currently
available outside of this spectrum, as
well any additional spectrum bands that
may become available for wireless
microphone operations beyond those
already provided for in the rules.92
205. What other means should be
employed to provide wireless
microphone users notice of the
repurposed spectrum that will be
assigned to new wireless licensees,
including the specific frequencies in the
UHF spectrum and the geographic
locations that will no longer be available
for wireless microphone operations? We
seek comment on whether it would it be
beneficial for wireless microphone users
to have access to a database that
identifies spectrum in the repurposed
600 MHz Band. For example, should
some form of online mapping tool be
made available to allow users to enter
the location and operating frequencies
of a wireless microphone and determine
whether it operates in the repurposed
600 MHz Band? In the event that a
database or similar approach is adopted,
we seek comment on who should be
responsible for developing and
maintaining (hosting) it, including who
should be responsible for its cost.
Commenters should provide
quantitative and qualitative data on
costs and benefits of their proposals.
206. Further, should the Commission
work with wireless microphone
manufacturers to obtain information on
models of wireless microphones that the
Commission could list on its Web site?
For example, this information could
include a list all models of wireless
microphones sold in the U.S., and all
wireless microphone models that
operate in the repurposed 600 MHz
Band, as well as where on the device or
in its product literature the user could
look to determine the frequencies on
which it is capable of operating.93 We
Class A television stations that have been
reassigned to different channels resulting from the
incentive auction and the repacking process. See
Incentive Auction R&O, 29 FCC Rcd at 6782 para.
525.
92 Elsewhere in the NPRM, we seek comment on
whether a number of other spectrum bands should
be allocated for wireless microphone use. See
Sections III.C.5, III.C.8, and III C.10, above.
93 As part of the transition of wireless
microphones from the 700 MHz band, the
PO 00000
Frm 00038
Fmt 4702
Sfmt 4702
seek comment on whether making this
type of information publically available
would help to facilitate a smooth
transition from the 600 MHz Band.
207. In addition to steps that may
involve manufacturers, we seek
comment on what steps other parties
associated with the sale and operation
of wireless microphones may be able to
take to provide users with information
relevant to the transition. These other
parties may include: Wireless
microphone distributors and retailers;
parties that lease or manage wireless
microphones; trade associations and
user groups, including those that have
participated in Commission proceedings
concerning wireless microphones;
organizations that host Web sites and
publish information that addresses
wireless microphone operations and use
or are reasonably expected to have
significant numbers of wireless
microphone users among their members
and readers; and engineering and
industry associations or other groups
with members that use or operate
wireless microphones. Involvement in
education and outreach by these parties
will be essential, given users’
investment in wireless microphone
equipment and the upcoming changes
regarding wireless microphone use,
including the requirement that they
vacate the 600 MHz Band. Further, it is
important that education and outreach
extend to information concerning any
newly-allocated spectrum for wireless
microphone operations and the
potential for users to opt for a suite of
wireless microphones operating in
different spectrum bands and with
different capabilities, depending on the
user’s specific requirements. We note
that wireless microphone users can
encompass a wide range of entities,
including both licensed and unlicensed
users, and parties with differing levels
of wireless microphone needs and
expertise covering many different
applications. Based on these
considerations, it is likely that the need
for information on the various spectrum
bands that will be available for wireless
microphone operations, and the
conditions specific to each, will be vital.
We seek comment on these matters, and
on what steps can be taken to assure
Commission made available a list of many wireless
microphones that operated on the 700 MHz band,
as provided by a number of manufacturers. See
https://www.fcc.gov/encyclopedia/wirelessmicrophones-manufacturers-equipment-list.
Wireless microphone users could look at this
information and determine if their devices were 700
MHz wireless microphones and thus could not be
used after the transition deadline, or given
information to contact the Commission for
additional assistance if the manufacturer of their
devices was not listed.
E:\FR\FM\21NOP1.SGM
21NOP1
rljohnson on DSK3VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 225 / Friday, November 21, 2014 / Proposed Rules
that the information to educate users on
the transition will be commensurate
with the appropriate needs and levels of
expertise of all users.
208. The Commission seeks comment
on what additional information we
should make available for wireless
microphone users, including
Commission-issued consumer ‘‘fact
sheets’’ and ‘‘frequently asked
questions’’ (‘‘FAQ’s’’) which would
address, among other matters,
information on operation in the 600
MHz Band, the reason for the need to
operate on frequencies outside of that
band following the transition, the
availability of other frequency bands for
wireless microphone use, and the need
to comply with Commission rules. We
further seek comment on how to release
or distribute these materials in order to
most effectively and efficiently reach
the target audience of wireless
microphone users.
209. The Commission seeks comment
on the specific actions that wireless
microphone manufacturers, distributors,
retailers and other entities comprising
the wireless microphone community
should take to inform the wide range of
wireless microphone users about the
ongoing developments concerning
wireless microphone use—particularly
the need to vacate the repurposed 600
MHz Band, the timetable for doing so,
and the conditions for operating in the
band during the transition period. We
seek comment on whether and to what
extent these entities can make this type
of information available, including, as
appropriate, by posting it on their Web
sites, including it in all sales literature,
or taking other steps to inform current
or potential wireless microphone users
of matters concerning the operation of
their devices. We also seek comment on
whether manufacturers would consider
rebates, equipment trade-ins, or similar
programs to facilitate the transition, and
what effect the 39-month transition
period would have on a decision to
implement such a program. In addition,
we seek comment on the economic costs
and benefits of adopting consumer
outreach measures.
210. Disclosure Requirements. The
Commission proposes to revise our
point-of-sale disclosure requirement
that the Commission adopted in the
Wireless Microphone Report and Order
in order to provide information to
wireless microphone users that may
have to purchase or lease new
equipment so that they can vacate the
repurposed 600 MHz Band. In the TV
Bands Wireless Microphones Report and
Order, the Commission adopted a pointof-sale requirement to help assure that
consumers were informed of their rights
VerDate Sep<11>2014
14:52 Nov 20, 2014
Jkt 235001
and obligations if they chose to operate
wireless microphones and other low
power auxiliary stations in the core TV
bands (defined in the rule as channels
2–51, excluding channel 37).94
Specifically, the Commission adopted a
requirement for manufacturers and
distributors of wireless microphones
that operate in the core TV bands to
provide a written disclosure informing
consumers of the requirements for
operating devices in that spectrum and
to display the disclosure at the point of
sale and on their Web sites.95 The
Commission also provided that persons
who manufacture or market wireless
microphones destined for export and
capable of operating in the 700 MHz
Band must include labeling stating that
the devices cannot be used in the
United States.96
211. We propose to revise the existing
point-of-sale disclosure requirement in
94 See TV Bands Wireless Microphones R&O, 25
FCC Rcd at 687–691 paras. 91–106.
95 See TV Bands Wireless Microphone R&O, 25
FCC Rcd at 688–689 para. 96; 47 CFR 15.216. The
required disclosure states: ‘‘Most users do not need
a license to operate this wireless microphone
system. Nevertheless, operating this microphone
system without a license is subject to certain
restrictions: The system may not cause harmful
interference; it must operate at a low power level
(not in excess of 50 milliwatts); and it has no
protection from interference received from any
other device. Purchasers should also be aware that
the FCC is currently evaluating use of wireless
microphone systems, and these rules are subject to
change. For more information, call the FCC at 1–
888–CALL–FCC (TTY: 1–888–TELL–FCC) or visit
the FCC’s wireless microphone Web site at https://
www.fcc.gov/cgb/wirelessmicrophones.’’ See 47
CFR 15.216, Appendix. The Commission noted that
manufacturers and distributors could satisfy the
disclosure requirement in more than one way,
including by displaying the text in a prominent
manner on the product box via a label or sticker;
displaying the text immediately adjacent to the
device in a manner clearly associated with the
device; and, for wireless microphones offered
online or via direct mail or catalog, displaying the
text in close proximity to the images and
descriptions of each wireless microphone. See TV
Bands Wireless Microphones Report and Order, 25
FCC Rcd at 689 para. 100.
96 See TV Bands Wireless Microphones R&O, 25
FCC Rcd at 666 para. 43; see also 47 CFR 74.851(h).
In the TV Bands Wireless Microphones FNPRM, the
Commission also sought comment on whether to
adopt labeling and other marketing restrictions to
help ensure that devices certificated as low power
auxiliary stations under part 74 were marketed only
to parties eligible for a part 74 license. In particular,
the Commission sought comment on whether to
require manufacturers to direct marketing of part
74-certificated devices only to parties eligible to
operate them; whether to require manufacturers to
track the parties to whom their products are
marketed; whether to require manufacturers to
provide a label visible at the time of purchase or
instructions in the user manual advising purchasers
of the requirement to obtain a license; and whether
to prohibit manufacturers and distributors from
selling devices certificated under Part 74 unless the
sale is to a party that has committed in writing that
it is a bona fide reseller or eligible for a license
under Part 74. See TV Bands Wireless Microphones
FNPRM, 25 FCC Rcd at 701–702 paras. 141–144.
PO 00000
Frm 00039
Fmt 4702
Sfmt 4702
69415
order to facilitate a smoother transition
in which wireless microphone users are
informed of the need to vacate the
repurposed 600 MHz Band, while fully
understanding their rights and
obligations during the transition period
and at the end of the transition period.
With regard to sales of wireless
microphones that are capable of
operating in repurposed spectrum, we
propose to require that such sales
include point-of-sale disclosures that
inform buyers that they are buying a
microphone that cannot be used in
certain frequencies following the
transition. We also seek comment on
how point-of-sale disclosures could be
designed to effectively address any ban
on manufacturing and marketing of
wireless microphones that are capable
of operating in the repurposed 600 MHz
Band.97 We propose that the revised
point-of-sale disclosures should direct
buyers to the manufacturer’s toll free
telephone number or the manufacturer’s
Web site where the buyer can obtain
more detailed information on the extent
to which the microphone may be
affected by repurposing of 600 MHz
Band. Should we retain the existing
language in the point-of-sale disclosure
requirement that includes the
Commission’s toll free number and the
Commission’s Web site where users can
obtain additional information on the
operation of wireless microphones
during the transition period and after
the transition period? What other
information should be included in the
disclosure?
212. We propose that the effective
date for any disclosure requirement,
including a point-of-sale requirement,
which we may adopt in connection with
this or a related proceeding, shall be 12
months after the release of the Channel
Reassignment PN—which will mark the
effective date of channel reassignments
based on the repacking process, specify
any specific channel assignments for
television stations that will continue to
broadcast, and start the clock running
on the post-auction transition period—
or should some other date be used
instead? We seek comment on the
particular factors that should enter into
this determination. We note that in
adopting the current disclosure
requirement, the Commission stated that
it would remain in effect until the
effective date of the final rules adopted
in response to the 2010 TV Bands
Wireless Microphones FNPRM.98
97 See
infra Section III.C.1.b(iii).
TV Bands Wireless Microphones FNPRM,
25 FCC Rcd at 689 para. 100.
98 See
E:\FR\FM\21NOP1.SGM
21NOP1
rljohnson on DSK3VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS
69416
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 225 / Friday, November 21, 2014 / Proposed Rules
E. Steps Taken To Minimize Significant
Economic Impact on Small Entities, and
Significant Alternatives Considered
213. The RFA requires an agency to
describe any significant alternatives that
it has considered in reaching its
proposed approach, which may include
the following four alternatives (among
others): (1) The establishment of
differing compliance or reporting
requirements or timetables that take into
account the resources available to small
entities; (2) the clarification,
consolidation, or simplification of
compliance or reporting requirements
under the rule for small entities; (3) the
use of performance, rather than design,
standards; and (4) an exemption from
coverage of the rule, or any part thereof,
for small entities.99
214. In the NPRM we request
comment on whether, apart from
establishing such a TV signal threshold,
we should adopt any other safeguards to
ensure that licensed wireless
microphone operators comply with this
threshold and do not otherwise cause
harmful interference to TV reception.
We note at the outset that because we
would limit these types of operations to
licensed wireless microphone users, we
would expect such users to have the
requisite wireless microphone systems,
as well as technical and operational
abilities, to be able to determine the
level of the co-channel TV signals at a
given location, and thus would be able
to comply with any threshold rule that
we adopted. Is this a reasonable
expectation? To what extent would a
wireless microphone operations require
a low TV signal to be able operate
effectively on a co-channel basis?
Should we require licensed wireless
microphone users to register their cochannel operations in the TV bands
databases, which could provide
information to any television licensee
concerned about possible harmful
interference? Are there other actions we
should take?
215. As an alternative approach, the
Commission seeks comment on whether
it should permit co-channel licensed
wireless microphone operations in
indoor venues, such as in theaters or
music auditoriums. Could an
appropriate approach towards indoor
operations be developed that would also
effectively preclude harmful
interference to any potential TV viewers
at indoor locations? For instance, could
certain locations be readily identified
where wireless microphone operations
can be permitted, provided of course
that they are operated consistent with
99 See
14:52 Nov 20, 2014
F. Federal Rules That May Duplicate,
Overlap, or Conflict With the Proposed
Rule
217. None.
Congressional Review Act
218. The Commission will send a
copy of the Notice of Proposed
Rulemaking to Congress and the
Government Accountability Office
pursuant to the Congressional Review
Act, see 5 U.S.C. 801(a)(1)(A).
Ordering Clauses
219. Pursuant to sections 1, 4(i), 7(a),
301, 303(f), 303(g), 303(r), 307(e) and
332 of the Communications Act of 1934,
as amended, 47 U.S.C. 151, 154(i),
157(a), 301, 303(f), 303(g), 303(r), 307(e),
and 332, the Notice of Proposed
Rulemaking is adopted.
220. The Commission’s Consumer and
Governmental Affairs Bureau, Reference
Information Center, shall send a copy of
the Notice of Proposed Rule Making,
including the Initial Regulatory
100 See, e.g., Sennheiser Reply Comments (Docket
No. 12–268) at 18.
5 U.S.C. 603(c).
VerDate Sep<11>2014
applicable technical requirements,
including power limits and out-ofbound emissions requirements? Or,
considering that in order to operate
effectively wireless microphones need
access to channels that are sufficiently
interference-free, is it reasonable to
expect that co-channel wireless
microphone operations would only take
place in indoor locations on channels
with relatively low or effectively nonexistent TV signal, and thus conclude
that such operations would not be likely
to effectively harm TV viewers? Some
commenters in the incentive auction
proceeding suggested that such
operations may already take place
without incident.100 As we explore this
approach, the Commission seeks
comment on the benefits or downsides
of allowing licensed wireless
microphone operations at indoor
locations, or at specified types of indoor
locations. We ask that commenters
provide any technical analysis bases for
their recommendations.
216. We also invite comment on other
approaches that we should take on
expanding wireless microphone
operations on a co-channel basis closer
to television station operations. Again,
commenters proposing any alternative
approaches should provide technical
analyses to support their approaches,
and discuss the benefits of such an
approach and how their approaches
would not cause harmful interference to
channels that would be used for
wireless microphone operations.
Jkt 235001
PO 00000
Frm 00040
Fmt 4702
Sfmt 4702
Flexibility Analysis to the Chief Counsel
for Advocacy of the Small Business
Administration.
List of Subjects in 47 CFR part 74
Communications equipment,
Education, Reporting and recordkeeping
requirements.
Federal Communications Commission.
Marlene H. Dortch,
Secretary.
For the reasons discussed in the
preamble, the Federal Communications
Commission proposes to amend 47 CFR
part 74 to read as follows:
PART 74—EXPERIMENTAL RADIO,
AUXILIARY, SPECIAL BROADCAST
AND OTHER PROGRAM
DISTRIBUTIONAL SERVICES
Subpart H—Low Power Auxiliary
Stations
1. The authority citation for part 74
continues to read as follows:
■
Authority: 47 U.S.C. 154, 302a, 303, 307,
309, 336 and 554.
2. Section 74.801 is amended by
adding the definition for ‘‘Repurposed
600 MHz Band’’ in alphabetical order to
read as follows:
■
§ 74.801
Definitions.
*
*
*
*
*
Repurposed 600 MHz Band.
Frequencies that will be reallocated and
reassigned for part 27 600 MHz Band
services as determined by the outcome
of the auction conducted pursuant to
Expanding the Economic and
Innovation Opportunities of Spectrum
Through Incentive Auctions, Report and
Order, GN Docket No. 12–268 (FCC 14–
50), 29 FCC 6567 (2014).
*
*
*
*
*
■ 3. Section 74.832 is amended by
revising paragraph (d) to read as
follows:
§ 74.832 Licensing Requirements and
procedures.
*
*
*
*
*
(d) Cable television operations,
motion picture and television program
producers, large venue owners or
operators, and professional sound
companies may be authorized to operate
low power auxiliary stations in the
bands allocated for TV broadcasting and
in the 944–952 MHz band.
*
*
*
*
*
■ 4. Section 74.851 is amended by
revising the section heading and
paragraph (i), and adding paragraphs (j)
through (l) to read as follows:
E:\FR\FM\21NOP1.SGM
21NOP1
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 225 / Friday, November 21, 2014 / Proposed Rules
§ 74.851 Certification of equipment;
prohibition on manufacture, import, sale,
lease, offer for sale or lease, or shipment of
devices that operate in the 700 MHz Band
or the 600 MHz Band; labeling for 700 MHz
or 600 MHz band equipment destined for
non-U.S. markets; disclosures.
rljohnson on DSK3VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS
*
*
*
*
*
(i) Effective nine months after the
release of the Commission’s Channel
Reassignment Public Notice issued
pursuant to Expanding the Economic
and Innovation Opportunities of
Spectrum Through Incentive Auctions,
Report and Order, GN Docket No. 12–
268 (FCC 14–50), 29 FCC 6567 (2014),
certification may no longer be obtained
for low power auxiliary stations or
wireless video assist devices that are
capable of operating in the repurposed
600 MHz band as defined in § 74.801.
(j) Effective eighteen months after the
release of the Commission’s Channel
Reassignment Public Notice issued
pursuant to Expanding the Economic
and Innovation Opportunities of
Spectrum Through Incentive Auctions,
Report and Order, GN Docket No. 12–
268 (FCC 14–50), 29 FCC 6567 (2014),
no person shall manufacture, import,
sell, lease, offer for sale or lease, or ship
low power auxiliary stations or wireless
video assist devices that are capable of
operating in the repurposed 600 MHz
band as defined in § 74.801. This
prohibition does not apply to devices
manufactured solely for export.
(k) Effective eighteen months after the
release of the Commission’s Channel
Reassignment Public Notice issued
pursuant to Expanding the Economic
and Innovation Opportunities of
Spectrum Through Incentive Auctions,
Report and Order, GN Docket No. 12–
268 (FCC 14–50), 29 FCC 6567 (2014),
any person who manufactures, sells,
leases, or offers for sale or lease low
power auxiliary stations or wireless
video assist devices that are destined for
non-U.S. markets and that are capable of
operating in the repurposed 600 MHz
band as defined in § 74.801, shall
include labeling and make clear in all
sales, marketing, and packaging
materials, including online materials,
relating to such devices that the devices
cannot be operated in the U.S.
(l) Any person, whether such person
is a wholesaler or a retailer, who
manufactures, sells, leases, or offers for
sale or lease low power auxiliary
stations or wireless video assist devices
that operate in the repurposed 600 MHz
band is subject to the disclosure
requirements in § 15.216 of this chapter.
■ 5. Section 74.861 is amended by
adding paragraphs (d)(4) and (e)(7) to
read as follows:
VerDate Sep<11>2014
14:52 Nov 20, 2014
Jkt 235001
§ 74.861
Technical Requirements.
69417
[FR Doc. 2014–26675 Filed 11–20–14; 8:45 am]
ESA is available at: https://
sero.nmfs.noaa.gov/protected_
resources/listing_petitions/species_esa_
consideration/.
Comments, identified by NOAA–
NMFS–2014–0101, may also be
submitted by any of the following
methods:
• Electronic Submissions: Submit all
electronic comments via the Federal
eRulemaking Portal. Go to
www.regulations.gov/
#!docketDetail;D=NOAA-NMFS-20140101, click the ‘‘Comment Now!’’ icon,
complete the required fields, and enter
or attach your comments.
• Facsimile (fax): 727–824–5309.
• Mail: NMFS, Southeast Regional
Office, 263 13th Avenue South, St.
Petersburg, FL 33701.
• Hand delivery: You may hand
deliver written information to our office
during normal business hours at the
street address given above.
FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:
Jason Rueter, NMFS, Southeast Regional
Office (727) 824–5350; or Lisa Manning,
NMFS, Office of Protected Resources
(301) 427–8466.
SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:
BILLING CODE 6712–01–P
Background
*
*
*
*
*
(d) * * *
(4) Effective as of [date of publication
of final rule], emissions within the band
from one megahertz below to one
megahertz above the carrier frequency
shall comply with the emission mask in
Section 8.3 of ETSI EN 300 422–1,
Electromagnetic compatibility and
Radio spectrum Matters (ERM); Wireless
microphones in the 25 MHz to 3 GHz
frequency range; part 1: Technical
characteristics and methods of
measurement.
*
*
*
*
*
(e) * * *
(7) Effective as of [date of publication
of final rule], emissions within the band
from one megahertz below to one
megahertz above the carrier frequency
shall comply with the emission mask in
Section 8.3 of ETSI EN 300 422–1,
Electromagnetic compatibility and
Radio spectrum Matters (ERM); Wireless
microphones in the 25 MHz to 3 GHz
frequency range; part 1: Technical
characteristics and methods of
measurement.
*
*
*
*
*
DEPARTMENT OF COMMERCE
National Oceanic and Atmospheric
Administration
50 CFR Part 223
RIN 0648–XA984
Endangered and Threatened Species;
Proposed Listing Determinations for
Nassau Grouper; Public Hearing
National Marine Fisheries
Service (NMFS), National Oceanic and
Atmospheric Administration (NOAA),
Commerce.
ACTION: Notice of public hearing.
AGENCY:
We (NMFS) will hold a public
hearing in St. Thomas, U.S. Virgin
Islands, in December 2014 for the
purpose of accepting public comments
on the proposal to list the Nassau
grouper (Epinephelus striatus) as
threatened under the Endangered
Species Act of 1973, as amended (ESA).
DATES: The meeting will be held on
December 9, 2014, at 7 p.m. Atlantic
Standard Time.
ADDRESSES: The meeting will be held at
the Marriott Frenchmans Reef Hotel, 5
Estate Bakkeroe, St. Thomas, U.S. Virgin
Islands. Information about the proposed
listing of the Nassau grouper under the
SUMMARY:
PO 00000
Frm 00041
Fmt 4702
Sfmt 4702
On September 2, 2014, we published
a proposed rule to list the Nassau
grouper (Epinephelus striatus) as
threatened under the ESA (79 FR
51929). While the species still occupies
its historical range, spawning
aggregations have been reduced in size
and number due to fishing pressure. The
lack of adequate management measures
to protect these aggregations increases
the extinction risk of Nassau grouper.
Based on these considerations,
described in more detail in the proposed
rule (79 FR 51929; September 2, 2014),
we concluded that the Nassau grouper
is not currently in danger of extinction
throughout all or a significant portion of
its range, but is likely to become so
within the foreseeable future.
We are currently soliciting relevant
information that may inform the final
listing and designation of critical
habitat. In particular we seek comments
containing: (1) Information concerning
the location(s) and status of any
spawning aggregations of the species;
and (2) Information concerning the
threats to the species; and (3) Efforts
being made to protect the species
throughout its current range. See
ADDRESSES section above for
information on how to submit
comments. The public comment period
on the proposed rule is open until
December 31, 2014.
E:\FR\FM\21NOP1.SGM
21NOP1
Agencies
[Federal Register Volume 79, Number 225 (Friday, November 21, 2014)]
[Proposed Rules]
[Pages 69387-69417]
From the Federal Register Online via the Government Printing Office [www.gpo.gov]
[FR Doc No: 2014-26675]
=======================================================================
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
FEDERAL COMMUNICATIONS COMMISSION
47 CFR Part 74
[GN Docket Nos. 14-166 and 12-268; FCC 14-145]
Spectrum Access for Wireless Microphone Operations
AGENCY: Federal Communications Commission.
ACTION: Proposed rule.
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
SUMMARY: This document initiates a proceeding to address how to
accommodate the long-term needs of wireless microphone users. Wireless
microphones play an important role in enabling broadcasters and other
video programming networks to serve consumers, including as they cover
breaking news and broadcast live sports events. They enhance event
productions in a variety of settings--including theaters and music
venues, film studios, conventions, corporate events, houses of worship,
and internet webcasts. They also help create high quality content that
consumers demand and value. Recent actions by the Commission, and in
particular the repurposing of broadcast television band spectrum for
wireless services set forth in the Incentive Auction R&O, will
significantly alter the regulatory environment in which wireless
microphones operate, which necessitates our addressing how to
accommodate wireless microphone users in the future.
DATES: Comments must be filed on or before January 5, 2015, and reply
comments must be filed on or before January 26, 2015.
FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT: Paul Murray, Office of Engineering and
Technology, (202) 418-0688, email: Paul Murray@fcc.gov, TTY (202) 418-
2989.
ADDRESSES: You may submit comments, identified by GN Docket Nos. 14-166
[[Page 69388]]
and 12-268, by any of the following methods:
[ssquf] Federal Communications Commission's Web site: https://fjallfoss.fcc.gov/ecfs2/. Follow the instructions for submitting
comments.
[ssquf] Mail: Paul Murray, Office of Engineering and Technology,
Federal Communications Commission, Room 6A162.
[ssquf] People with Disabilities: Contact the FCC to request
reasonable accommodations (accessible format documents, sign language
interpreters, CART, etc.) by email: FCC504@fcc.gov or phone: 202-418-
0530 or TTY: 202-418-0432.
SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION: This is a summary of the Commission's Notice
of Proposed Rulemaking, GN Docket Nos. 14-166 and 16-268, FCC 14-145,
adopted September 30, 2014, and released September 30, 2014. The full
text of this document is available for inspection and copying during
normal business hours in the FCC Reference Center (Room CY-A257), 445
12th Street SW., Washington, DC 20554. The complete text of this
document also may be purchased from the Commission's copy contractor,
Best Copy and Printing, Inc., 445 12th Street SW., Room, CY-B402,
Washington, DC 20554. The full text may also be downloaded at:
www.fcc.gov. Pursuant to Sec. Sec. 1.415 and 1.419 of the Commission's
rules, 47 CFR 1.415, 1.419, interested parties may file comments and
reply comments on or before the dates indicated on the first page of
this document. Comments may be filed using the Commission's Electronic
Comment Filing System (ECFS). See Electronic Filing of Documents in
Rulemaking Proceedings, 63 FR 24121 (1998).
[ssquf] Electronic Filers: Comments may be filed electronically
using the Internet by accessing the ECFS: https://fjallfoss.fcc.gov/ecfs2/.
[ssquf] Paper Filers: Parties who choose to file by paper must file
an original and one copy of each filing. If more than one docket or
rulemaking number appears in the caption of this proceeding, filers
must submit two additional copies for each additional docket or
rulemaking number. Filings can be sent by hand or messenger delivery,
by commercial overnight courier, or by first-class or overnight U.S.
Postal Service mail. All filings must be addressed to the Commission's
Secretary, Office of the Secretary, Federal Communications Commission.
[ssquf] All hand-delivered or messenger-delivered paper filings for
the Commission's Secretary must be delivered to FCC Headquarters at 445
12th St. SW., Room TW-A325, Washington, DC 20554. The filing hours are
8:00 a.m. to 7:00 p.m. All hand deliveries must be held together with
rubber bands or fasteners. Any envelopes and boxes must be disposed of
before entering the building.
[ssquf] Commercial overnight mail (other than U.S. Postal Service
Express Mail and Priority Mail) must be sent to 9300 East Hampton
Drive, Capitol Heights, MD 20743.
[ssquf] U.S. Postal Service first-class, Express, and Priority mail
must be addressed to 445 12th Street SW., Washington DC 20554.
People with Disabilities: To request materials in accessible
formats for people with disabilities (braille, large print, electronic
files, audio format), send an email to fcc504@fcc.gov or call the
Consumer & Governmental Affairs Bureau at 202-418-0530 (voice), 202-
418-0432 (tty).
Summary of Notice of Proposed Rulemaking
1. In the Notice of Proposed Rulemaking (NPRM), the Commission
examines wireless microphone users' needs and technologies that can
address them, and seek comment on a variety of existing and new
spectrum bands that might accommodate those respective needs. The
Commission seeks ways of improving access to the TV band spectrum that
remains available for wireless microphones, as well as how to
facilitate the transition of wireless microphones out of the 600 MHz
Band spectrum repurposed for wireless services. In addition, it
examines access to other spectrum bands where wireless microphones
currently operate, propose various revisions, and seek comment on
potential revisions that may better accommodate wireless microphones in
these bands, while protecting the interests of other users that may
operate in these bands. Further, the Commission seeks comment on
proposals for authorizing wireless microphone operations in additional
spectrum bands, consistent with its overall spectrum management goals.
The Commission intends to enable the development of a suite of wireless
microphone devices and applications, and to provide wireless microphone
users with access to spectrum through efficient and effective sharing
of the spectrum with other users.
Bands Currently Available for Wireless Microphones
2. Over the years, the Commission has authorized wireless
microphone operations in different spectrum bands to accommodate the
growing use of these devices by different users. The technical and
operational rules for wireless microphone operations in these different
bands have varied, depending on the band, and generally are designed to
enable wireless microphone users to operate in shared bands along with
other users. The Commission has authorized wireless microphones to
operate both on a licensed basis, limited to specified users, and on an
unlicensed basis.
3. Recent actions affecting operations in the TV bands. In recent
years, the Commission has taken several actions in three proceedings
affecting the TV band spectrum--which have involved the repurposing of
UHF TV band spectrum for wireless services in the 700 MHz band
(channels 52-69, the 698-806 MHz band), the development of rules for TV
White Spaces (TVWS) devices in the TV bands, and the repurposing of the
600 MHz Band that will follow the upcoming incentive auction--that have
affected and will affect the future availability of spectrum for
wireless microphone uses in these bands. As discussed throughout the
NPRM, these proceedings inform the instant proceeding, providing the
foundation for many of the issues that we are addressing as part of our
comprehensive evaluation of how to accommodate wireless microphone uses
both in the near and longer term.
4. In January 2010, following the repurposing of TV channels 51-69
in the 700 MHz band for wireless services, the Commission adopted the
TV Bands Wireless Microphones R&O and FNPRM (WT Dockets 08-166 and 08-
167, ET Docket No. 10-24), 75 FR 9113, March 1, 2010, which required
that all wireless microphones cease operations on the 700 MHz band no
later than June 12, 2010, one year after the end of the DTV transition.
In that decision, the Commission also first authorized unlicensed
wireless microphone operations in the TV band spectrum (channels 2-51,
except channel 37), pursuant to a limited waiver and certain part 15
rules, pending adoption of final rules for unlicensed operations in the
TV bands.
5. In September 2010, the Commission adopted the TV White Spaces
Second MO&O, 75 FR 75814, December 6, 2010, which took several actions
that affected the availability of the TV band spectrum for wireless
microphones, including adopting rules pursuant to which wireless
microphone users and unlicensed TVWS device users would have access to
unused TV band channels. Specifically, the Commission provided that the
two unused television channels (where
[[Page 69389]]
available) nearest channel 37 (above and below) would be designated for
wireless microphone operations and not be made available for TVWS
devices. The Commission also provided that, to the extent that unused
TV channels were available for use by both wireless microphones and
TVWS devices at a particular location, licensed wireless microphone
operators and certain qualifying unlicensed wireless microphone
operators could obtain interference protection from TVWS devices by
reserving channels at the specified locations during the times of
operation through use of the TV bands databases.
6. In the Incentive Auction R&O, 79 FR 48441, August 15, 2014, the
Commission adopted rules to implement the broadcast television spectrum
incentive auction, which will involve reorganizing the existing
television band and repurposing a portion of the UHF television band
for new wireless broadband services, and which will affect wireless
microphone operations across the current TV bands. The Commission took
several actions to accommodate wireless microphone operations,
including making rule revisions to provide additional opportunities for
wireless microphone operations in the bands that will remain allocated
for television following the incentive auction, permitting wireless
microphone operations in the newly-designated 600 MHz Band guard bands,
and providing for a transition period to give wireless microphone users
that will need to cease operating in the spectrum repurposed for 600
MHz Band wireless services sufficient time to replace their equipment
and move operations to other spectrum bands available for wireless
microphone uses.
7. Finally, concurrent with adoption of the Incentive Auction R&O,
the Commission adopted the TV Bands Wireless Microphones Second R&O to
broaden the eligibility for wireless microphone operations in the TV
bands to include entities that regularly utilize a substantial number
of wireless microphones for large events and productions and which have
the same needs for interference protection as existing LPAS licensees.
Specifically, the Commission expanded Part 74 LPAS eligibility to
include qualifying professional sound companies and operators of large
venues that routinely use 50 or more wireless microphones.
8. Table of bands in which wireless microphones are authorized
today. In the following table, the Commission set forth the bands in
which wireless microphones and related audio devices generally operate
today pursuant to the Commission's rules.
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Frequency band Licensed/unlicensed Rule part
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
26.1-26.48 MHz (VHF)...................... Licensed..................... Part 74.
161.625-161.775 MHz (VHF)................. Licensed..................... Part 74.
Portions of 169-172 MHz band (VHF)........ Licensed..................... Part 90.
88-108 MHz (FM)........................... Unlicensed................... Part 15.
450-451, 455-456 MHz (UHF)................ Licensed..................... Part 74.
54-72, 76-88, 174-216, 470-608, 614-698 Licensed and unlicensed...... Part 74 and Part 15 (waiver).
MHz (VHF and UHF).
944-952 MHz (UHF)......................... Licensed..................... Part 74.
902-928 MHz, 2.4 GHz, 5 GHz (ISM bands)... Unlicensed................... Part 15.
1920-1930 MHz (unlicensed PCS)............ Unlicensed................... Part 15.
Ultra-wideband (3.1-10.6 GHz)............. Unlicensed................... Part 15.
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
9. Additional spectrum resources used by wireless microphone
operators. Apart from operating wireless microphones in the bands where
wireless microphones are specifically authorized, as identified in the
table above, some wireless microphone users have gained access to other
bands for temporary operations under specified conditions. For
instance, in recent years professional sound engineering companies
providing major event productions (e.g., major sports events) have
obtained conditional access to the 1435-1525 MHz band for wireless
microphone operations on a temporary, location-specific basis pursuant
to time-limited grants of Special Temporary Authority (STA). In seeking
temporary access to this spectrum, which is allocated for Aeronautical
Mobile Telemetry (AMT) services, these parties have represented that
the spectrum resources otherwise available to them at those locations
are insufficient to enable them to provide the desired level of
coverage for scheduled events, and they must fully coordinate their
operations with representatives of the AMT service.
Overview of Operations Today
10. Most wireless microphones users today operate their devices on
a secondary basis in the TV bands, with most operations occurring in
the UHF TV bands. This use can be attributed to several factors. The TV
bands have long been licensed for wireless microphone operations by
broadcasters and similar program producers, where they have had access
to many unused television channels. In addition, this spectrum has
favorable propagation conditions, the signals do not suffer
significantly as a result of body loss, antenna sizes are manageable,
and there is relatively lower power consumption leading to longer
battery life--all of which can be helpful for many wireless microphone
purposes. Manufacturers have supplied numerous devices, operating on
varying segments of the TV bands that provide a range of users with
wireless microphones suitable for their different needs. Although there
has at times been a shortage of sufficient available channels in major
cities and congested areas, where unused channels are limited and
numerous microphones might be needed for particular events, the overall
availability of spectrum in the TV bands has enabled wireless
microphone users generally to address their needs.
Overall Framework for Addressing Wireless Microphone Needs
11. The Commission seeks to develop a full record and framework for
understanding the various needs of different wireless microphone users
and the types of microphones that effectively can address those needs.
Users and Uses
12. Given that many different types of users employ wireless
microphones in a variety of settings, we seek to develop a more
complete record on the various different users of wireless microphones
and to better understand their particular needs for wireless
microphones. Wireless microphone operations range from professional
uses, with the need for numerous high-performance microphones along
with other microphones, to the need for a handheld microphone to
transmit voice communications, to a range of different
[[Page 69390]]
uses and needs for different numbers of microphones in a given setting.
13. The Commission seeks comment on the different groups of
wireless microphone operators and their various uses of microphones,
including the particular applications served by the microphones, the
types and number of devices used, the extent to which the devices are
analog or digital, the settings in which they are used, and the
frequency bands they use. The Commission asks that the different user
groups, or the manufacturers of products for these groups, provide
detailed information about the particular nature of wireless microphone
uses by different groups of users.
14. The Commission starts by asking for specific information from
broadcasters, who have relied heavily on access to the TV bands,
regarding their wireless microphone uses and needs. For instance, what
are their specific needs for wireless microphones with regard to ENG?
What kinds of wireless microphones are used, and to what extent are the
TV bands currently used for these microphones? What is the full range
of types of devices and applications needed? What is the range of
quality of microphones that are needed, in terms of performance
quality, voice representation, latency, etc. The Commission asks that
commenters discuss the different types of wireless microphones that may
be needed in for different applications, including the microphones that
need to have high audio quality as well as those that do not require
such high fidelity. Recognizing that different numbers of microphones
may be used in different settings both in studio and on an itinerant
basis, what number of microphones are used in which settings? Do
broadcasters make use of bands outside of the TV bands, and if so, in
what ways and for what type of applications? The Commission asks
commenters to provide information on the range of devices and types of
applications that they employ, and the bands in which they operate.
15. Similarly, The Commission requests information from the other
licensed users of the TV bands, including movie and cable program
producers, other content producers, as well as the newly eligible sound
engineering companies and large venue operators, about their uses and
needs. It asks for comment on the same types of issues, including
current uses, the operational environment in which they may operate,
the numbers that may be used, the range in quality of microphones used,
the bands used for different wireless microphone applications, etc.
16. In addition the Commission seeks comment from other wireless
microphone users, large and small, that use wireless microphones in
numerous settings. As discussed, these users include convention and
conference centers, corporations, schools, houses of worship, theme
parks, music bands, internet webcasts, karaoke bars, and numerous other
users. What are their particular wireless microphone uses, what types
of devices do they use, the numbers used depending on the settings, in
which bands, etc.?
17. As noted, users range from the professional user, who may
employ many microphones and coordinate their operations with other uses
in the band, to the amateur user who may use only one microphone. We
seek general comment on how the Commission should be thinking about
these different types of users as it evaluates how to accommodate these
users and uses over the long term.
18. The Commission also seeks comment on the nature of the demand
for wireless microphones by various wireless microphone users. Have
users been employing more wireless microphones in recent years? Has
demand for their use changed, and is it growing? It requests that
commenters provide a full explanation of the nature of their wireless
microphone uses today and what they anticipate their uses will be in
the future.
Suitability of Different Bands
19. The Commission seeks comment on additional ways in which it
could accommodate various wireless microphone operations in different
bands, which include a range of frequencies as low as the television
VHF bands and as high as 7 GHz. These bands also vary in terms of
potentially available bandwidth, including some with very small channel
bandwidth. In addition, some of these bands are available for wireless
microphone use only on a licensed basis, while others only an
unlicensed basis.
20. The Commission seeks comment on how the nature of different
bands, including the propagation features that are associated with
them, should inform our consideration of how to accommodate wireless
microphones. For what types of applications is lower band spectrum most
suitable? What types of uses can be effective in middle or higher
frequency bands? How much bandwidth is necessary for different types of
wireless microphone uses? What kinds of applications are most suitable
for unlicensed operations?
Development, Manufacturing, and Distribution of New Types of Wireless
Microphones
21. As the Commission explores how to accommodate wireless
microphones uses in different bands, it seeks comment on the factors
that manufacturers take into account as they consider and evaluate
whether to develop and manufacture new devices for distribution in the
near and longer term. The Commission seeks general comment here on
these various factors, and expects that commenters also would address
these considerations with regard to the discussion specific bands and
proposals in Section III of the NPRM.
22. As manufacturers consider developing new wireless microphone
devices in different bands, to what extent do the propagation features,
the size of band, that potential availability (or lack of availability)
of different segments of the band, the extent to which the band allows
licensed or unlicensed uses, the technical rules (existing or as
revised), the certainty that the band will continue to be available
over the long term, or other aspects contribute to the likelihood that
new devices will be made for a particular band? What factors do
manufactures consider with respect to developing different types of
wireless microphones for different users and applications, whether for
highest audio quality or for communications that does not require such
performance quality? What kinds of economic factors do manufacturers
consider? How important are economies of scale? To what extent will
manufacturers develop microphones that are designed only for niche
markets? To what extent do considerations of the harmonization of
potential harmonization of our rules with those of other countries
affect a manufacturer's decision to develop new microphones?
23. In addition, assuming the Commission was to adopt revised
rules, or make available additional spectrum for access by wireless
microphone operators, it seeks comment on manufacturer's expectations
regarding the time-to-market for newly developed devices. What factors
would enable devices to be developed and introduced quickly into the
marketplace? Based on these factors, are certain bands more likely
candidates for nearer term introduction of devices than others? What
factors would result in introduction of new devices only over the
longer term? What are reasonable timelines for the development,
manufacture, marketing, and
[[Page 69391]]
distribution for new wireless microphones, and what factors contribute
to shorter or longer timelines? The Commission invites comment on any
other related factors that we should consider.
Transition Issues
24. With the likelihood of there being less UHF television band
spectrum available for wireless microphone operators following the
incentive auction, the Commission invites general comment on a range
issues affecting transitioning of wireless microphone users--whether to
the use of different devices operating outside of repurposed 600 MHz
Band spectrum, or the use of devices in different bands that can
effectively serve their needs in a more efficient fashion.
25. Although the precise amount of TV bands spectrum that will be
repurposed will be known only following the auction, we anticipate that
many wireless microphone users will need to move their operations out
of the repurposed spectrum no later than 39 months following issuance
of the Channel Reassignment PN. At the same time, many wireless
microphone users accessing spectrum that may remain allocated for
television services may seek to transition to different devices,
including more efficient digital devices, or replace older devices,
that may operate both in the bands likely to remain allocated for
television or in other bands. The Commission invites comment on these
transition issues, the extent to which they are interrelated, and how
best to ensure that wireless microphone users transition to new, more
efficient devices to the full extent possible.
26. What types of actions would facilitate the transitions that
will be required in order to accommodate different wireless microphone
operators' needs over the long term? As the Commission considers these
various transition issues, what lessons might be drawn from the
transition of wireless microphone operations out of the 700 MHz band
following the repurposing of that band? How can we best communicate the
nature of the transitions along with the necessary actions users must
undertake to the large community of disparate microphone users? What
timeframes are needed for users of various size and sophistication to
plan for, purchase, and install new systems? How is this affected by
users' decisions to remain in the TV bands or to migrate to other bands
and types of microphones?
27. What actions should the Commission, wireless microphone
manufacturers and distributors, and organizations representing wireless
microphone users take to facilitate a smooth transition out of the
repurposed 600 MHz Band, and to promote the use of more efficient
devices to the extent possible, including devices that operate outside
of the TV bands? For instance, should users be encouraged to transition
their operations to new devices that meet their needs in a more
efficient manner, such as digital devices? Is there a particular role
that the Commission should play in helping inform consumers of these
transitions and the types of devices in different bands that can
accommodate their respective needs?
28. As the Commission considers these transition issues, it
requests information on the timeframes that may be necessary for
design, manufacture, certification, and marketing of new wireless
microphone devices, such as those that would include any technical
changes that we may adopt in this proceeding. What considerations or
factors affect these timeframes? Similarly, the Commission seeks
comment on the life-cycles and/or replacement cycles associated with
different wireless microphones. What are the general life cycles
associated with different wireless microphones, including both high-end
microphones and consumer devices? What types of factors, other than
regulatory changes, necessitate replacement or otherwise affect or
influence decisions by particular users to purchase new equipment?
Given that different users are continually replacing equipment, what
steps should the Commission or manufacturers be taking now and in the
future to help address wireless microphone users' needs over the long
term?
Operations in Other Countries
29. The Commission invites comment on whether the regulatory
schemes for wireless microphone operations in other countries should
inform our approach in this proceeding. Are there other regulatory
models that are particularly effective? Would any of those models be
appropriate for particular bands as we consider revisions to our rules?
Promoting Technological Advances
30. As the Commission seeks to accommodate the needs of wireless
microphone operators, it also seeks to leverage technological advances
that can help ensure that these needs can be met effectively, and in a
manner that promotes the efficient use of spectrum. The Commission
explores here the kinds of technological advances that achieve these
goals.
Advances in Wireless Microphone Radio Technologies
31. Advances in analog and digital transmission. The Commission has
already sought comment on the extent to which wireless microphone users
today use analog or digital devices. Most users in the TV bands
currently use analog devices, though digital devices increasingly are
being developed and sold for operations in the TV bands. In other
bands, devices today may be only analog or digital, or both. The
Commission seeks to develop a full record here regarding technological
developments in the basic design of wireless microphones that can
enable more efficient wireless microphone operations, whether analog or
digital, and promoting their uses in various spectrum bands.
32. The Commission begins by asking for comment on the state of
analog and digital wireless microphone technologies that are available
for use today. It asks that commenters address the state of
technologies available in the different bands. Are there improvements
in analog technologies that are enabling more efficient uses for
various wireless microphone applications? What are they, and what
additional efficiency gains are foreseen? What about for digital
technologies? The Commission asks that commenters provide detailed
information about the kinds of improvements in digital technologies
that are being made with respect to microphone's performance
capabilities for different types of uses.
33. In those bands in which both analog and digital devices
operate, to what extent can the use of analog devices or digital
devices, or some combination of the two, affect whether the spectrum is
being used most efficiently to serve wireless microphone users' needs?
While the Commission recognizes, that analog devices may be appropriate
or necessary at this time for certain types of applications, digital
devices can be effective for others, and we seek comment on the range
of efficiency gains that may be possible depending on whether analog or
digital devices, or a mix of the two, are used.
34. In particular, the Commission requests that commenters provide
information on the state of analog and digital technologies that
operate in the TV bands, and the extent to which operators are using
the most efficient microphones that can serve their particular needs.
In earlier proceedings, the Commission has noted that the number of
analog wireless microphones
[[Page 69392]]
operating on a six-megahertz television channel may be as few as 6-8
microphones. More recently, manufacturers have developed microphones
that operate more efficiently, including analog microphones that may
allow twice that number on a six megahertz channel. The Commission asks
that commenters provide information technological advancements that
enable more efficient analog use. To what extent does the number of
wireless microphones that can be deployed on a channel number depend on
the power levels used, other operational factors, or the specific
application(s) for which the wireless microphone is being used?
Similarly, how many digital devices can operate on a television
channel, and what operational factors or use factors might affect this
number?
35. The Commission also invites comment on analog and digital
devices in other bands, and the numbers of wireless microphones that
can be accommodated by use of those particular technologies. In bands
where analog devices are being used, are they necessary in these bands
or can digital devices be used instead? What steps can manufacturers
take to make analog and digital devices more efficient, if any? How
much more efficient could these devices be, and how many more
microphones might be able to operate on the same amount of spectrum,
and for what types of uses? Do manufacturers have plans to take such
steps, and if not, why not?
36. The Commission requests that commenters fully address the
benefits and tradeoffs associated with use of analog and digital
technologies. In earlier proceedings on the TV bands, wireless
microphone manufacturers have indicated that analog devices may be
necessary for certain types of uses (e.g., those with need for high
quality audio, with lower latency). The Commission seeks to develop a
full record on this issue, and seek comment on the extent to which this
may continue to be the case. For what types of applications are analog
devices necessary or appropriate? For what types of operations are
digital devices well suited? To what extent are improvements in digital
technologies (e.g., reductions in latency, improvements in fidelity)
enabling more wireless microphone applications to be effectively served
through digital technologies?
37. Are there rule changes that the Commission can adopt generally,
or with respect to operations in particular bands, that would help
promote more efficient use of spectrum by wireless microphone
operations, whether analog or digital? For instance, are there
technological standards for wireless microphone devices that should be
adopted, such as the European Telecommunications Standards Institute
(ETSI) standards for analog and digital emission masks, that would help
promote more efficient use? Should such standards apply to particular
operations in particular bands, or be adopted more generally across
bands? As more efficient standards are developed, what actions should
the Commission take to ensure that these standards are utilized by
wireless microphone manufacturers in the future or that our rules are
updated where necessary or appropriate?
38. To the extent more efficient analog or digital devices can
effectively serve the needs of particular users, the Commission seeks
comment on how best to encourage wireless microphone users to employ
these more efficient technologies. Is the transition to more efficient
devices already occurring? Have users been migrating to the use of more
efficient wireless microphones, and if so how and why? Are
manufacturers and distributors taking steps to promote the transition
to use of more efficient wireless microphones in cases in which those
microphones would be effective in meeting the needs of the particular
users? What role should manufacturers and distributors play in this
respect?
39. Considering that use of more efficient wireless microphones is
an important component of accommodating wireless microphone users'
needs in the future, what actions should the Commission take to
encourage or promote the use of more efficient technologies? Should it
require the use of digital technologies for certain types of uses, and
if so, by what mechanisms would we accomplish that? Should we phase out
the certification or sale of inefficient wireless microphone
technologies, and if so, how would we define ``inefficient,'' and in
what bands and on what timetable?
40. Use of general purpose wireless standards. The past several
decades have seen widespread development and deployment of ``general
purpose'' wireless technology standards that may be used for a wide
variety of end-user applications. For example, the 802.11 family of
standards serves as the basis of Wi-Fi technologies in the 2.4, 5 GHz
bands, and other bands; the DECT standard provides for digital audio
transmission in the 1920-1930 MHz band; and the LTE standard serves,
increasingly, as a basis for broadband transmissions in several
different licensed spectrum bands. The Commission inquires about the
extent to which these, and other, general purpose technologies are now,
or will be in the future, suitable for use in the wireless microphone
context. The Commission is specifically interested to understand what
kinds of use cases are appropriate for general-purpose wireless
technologies and which are not. To what extent do general purpose
technologies increase the ability of wireless microphones to share
spectrum with other kinds of applications (e.g., in the Wi-Fi bands,
discussed in Section III.C., of the NPRM), thereby potentially
increasing the quantity of spectrum available for wireless microphones?
Could the use of such technologies potentially improve performance and
reduce cost of wireless microphone equipment? Should the Commission
endeavor to promote the use of general purpose wireless technologies by
wireless microphone users? What are the tradeoffs?
Other Technological Advancements
41. The Commission seeks comment on other technological
developments that could promote more opportunities for accommodating
wireless microphone operations in different bands over the longer term.
Developments in these areas are not mutually exclusive.
42. Equipment with replaceable components. The Commission seeks
comment on the development of replaceable components (e.g., modules)
for the transmitters and receivers in the wireless microphone systems
that operate on specific frequencies and can be exchanged with
different components that operate on other frequencies available for
wireless microphone operations. The use of such components potentially
could reduce the costs to consumers to the extent changes need to be
made in the way they operate their microphones in the future, e.g. in
the event that the certain frequencies are no longer available to them,
or if they update their equipment to newer, more efficient devices that
may be capable of dynamically using the spectrum. Do wireless
microphones today incorporate modular radio components? Do
manufacturers contemplate including this kind of modularity in future
models? To what extent would such components mitigate the costs of
replacing wireless microphones that may no longer be permitted on
certain frequencies? To what extent do they add new costs? If
manufacturers are not including these component features, why not? Are
there performance tradeoffs associated with
[[Page 69393]]
respect to including such components? What steps, if any, should the
Commission take to promote the use of such microphones in certain
bands, such as the TV bands?
43. Tunability of Equipment within Bands. The Commission ask for
comment on the extent to which equipment is designed to be tunable
within a band. Which types of microphones are tunable for which types
of users? Are tunable microphones marketed only to more sophisticated
users? What costs are associated with designing a tunable wireless
microphone system? Do manufacturers anticipate developing more tunable
microphones in the future? The Commission requests that commenters
explain their considerations when determining whether or not to design
tunable microphones.
44. Multi-Band Equipment. The Commission invites comment on the
extent to which manufacturers are, or in the future will be, developing
wireless microphones that can operate in more than one spectrum band.
What kinds of technical or other issues are raised, and to what extent
would these issues vary to the bands may not be adjacent or nearby? For
instance, to what extent might this raise design issues (e.g., antenna,
battery, or other component issues)? Could these devices help ensure
that users have devices that can meet their needs when operating at
locations where the availability of spectrum in different bands may
vary? Could development of such devices promote economies of scale?
Could they help ensure that users purchasing such devices would be more
assured of having access to the spectrum resources they need? If there
were multi-band devices, could this allow greater reliability that the
microphones could address users' needs depending on the particular
locations where those wireless microphones were needed? What are the
tradeoffs with regard to developing such devices?
45. Use of databases. Wireless microphone technologies today do not
use a database as a mechanism for indicating to the wireless microphone
user that particular frequencies in a particular area were available,
such as at particular locations that were not being used by other users
with priority over the wireless microphone users. White space devices
operating in the TV bands must access a database to determine that
spectrum is available for their operations and that they would not
potentially be interfering with other users at specified locations and
times. Would wireless microphone systems potentially benefit from the
ability to access to a database? Could requiring use of a database for
gaining access to spectrum in a particular band or identifying
particular locations and times where they may operate without causing
interference to other users in the band help to mitigate or eliminate
the concerns of other users in the band that wireless microphone
operations might cause harmful interference to these other users? What
might be the costs and benefits of developing and using a database, and
would these differ depending on the needs of particular types of
wireless microphone users?
46. Electronic key or similar mechanisms. Are there particular
technologies, such as an ``electronic key'' or similar mechanism, that
would ensure that a wireless microphone device be able to access and
operate only on particular frequencies at particular locations and
times, but nowhere else, thus eliminating the potential for harmful
interference to other users (such as other users with primary or
superior spectrum rights are particularly sensitive to harmful
interference) and by so doing provide additional opportunities for
wireless microphone operations in bands? Are there other approaches
that would effectively limit wireless microphone operation to
particular locations, thus protecting other operators from harmful
interference? The Commission seeks broad comment on the development and
use of these types of mechanisms and the tradeoffs or practicalities
associated with them. Are there particular scenarios or bands in which
use of these mechanisms could provide additional opportunities to
access spectrum?
47. Use of other technologies that promote opportunities to access
additional spectrum. The Commission seeks comment on other
technological advancements that could promote greater opportunities for
wireless microphones to share use of spectrum in different bands. Are
there technological advances that are currently available or
contemplated that better enable wireless microphones to adjust
dynamically to a particular interference environment, either
automatically or through coordination, to promote more efficient use
among the wireless microphones or among wireless microphones and other
users in the band? For instance, could devices that include
sophisticated dynamic power variability capabilities help promote more
intensive use of the spectrum resource in a given area? Would these
more dynamic capabilities enable wireless microphones to vary or adjust
power levels to minimize or eliminate interference to other users in a
particular setting, or facilitate more re-use of the available
spectrum? The Commission invites comment on whether technological
advances along these lines could both facilitate more efficient use of
the spectrum while also helping to ensure that they do not cause
harmful interference to other users of the spectrum. Are there
technologies that could enable certain wireless microphone applications
to operate on spectrum licensed to wireless providers, subject to
agreements reached with such providers? Are there other technological
advancements that could help accommodate the various different wireless
microphone users' needs over the longer term? What are they? Are there
actions the Commission should take to promote these developments so
that they occur in a timely fashion?
Operations in Specific Bands
48. In this section, the Commission examines opportunities for
wireless microphone operations in different spectrum bands--both those
in which wireless microphones currently are authorized to operate and
other bands that may hold potential for accommodating wireless
microphone uses, whether in the near or longer term.
VHF/UHF Television Bands
49. As set forth in the Incentive Auction R&O, the current VHF/UHF
television bands (channels 2-51, except channel 37) will be reorganized
following the upcoming incentive auction. As a result of this auction,
the amount of spectrum allocated for television services will be
reduced and repacked, some of the current TV bands spectrum will be
designated for 600 MHz Band guard bands (including the duplex gap), and
other TV bands spectrum will be repurposed for 600 MHz Band wireless
services. These revisions will affect wireless microphone operations,
which currently operate throughout in existing TV bands, in several
ways. The Commission seeks comment on wireless microphone operations
with respect to each of these bands--the TV bands, the 600 MHz Band
guard bands, and the 600 MHz Band being repurposed for wireless
services.
Discussion
50. In this section, the Commission seeks comment on Part 74 rule
revisions that we can make to accommodate licensed wireless microphone
(and other LPAS) operations in the VHF and UHF spectrum in the repacked
TV bands that will continue to be available for TV broadcast services
following the incentive auction. We also invite comment on how best to
facilitate the
[[Page 69394]]
smooth transition of wireless microphones out of the repurposed 600 MHz
Band following the incentive auction.
51. In this proceeding, the Commission does not address certain
issues relating to wireless microphone operations in the TV bands and
in the repurposed 600 MHz Band since these matters will be addressed
instead in the part 15 proceeding. In particular, we do not here
address the rules for unlicensed wireless microphone operations in the
TV bands and the repurposed 600 MHz Band, which will be addressed as
part of the part 15 proceeding. Similarly, the Commission does not
address in this proceeding, the technical rules for operations of
unlicensed wireless microphones in the guard bands, including the
duplex gap. Nor does it address here the technical rules for licensed
wireless microphone operations in the duplex gap, since the technical
issues relating to their operations are intertwined with the technical
issues concerning unlicensed operations in the duplex gap and
protection of licensed operations outside of the duplex gap. Finally,
the Commission will address revisions pertaining to the white spaces
databases in our part 15 proceeding.
TV Bands
52. In this proceeding, the Commission invited comments on
potential revisions to the existing rules for part 74 wireless
microphones (and other LPAS) operations in the spectrum that will
remain allocated for TV services following the repacking process.
Specifically, it invites comment on revisions to the technical rules
for LPAS operations on the VHF band; on permitting licensed LPAS
operations on channels in locations closer to the television stations
(including within the DTV contour), without the need for coordination,
provided that the television signal falls below specified technical
thresholds; on adoption of the ETSI emission mask standard for analog
and digital wireless microphones; and general comment on other
potential revisions concerning licensed LPAS operations in the TV
bands.
VHF Band Revisions
53. Background. Under the existing technical rules for LPAS
operations under part 74, licensed wireless microphone users that
operate on a secondary basis in the VHF band (channels 2-13) operate
generally under the same technical rules as for operations in the UHF
bands. However, with respect to power levels, VHF band operations are
restricted to no more than 50 mW, well below the 250 mW levels
permitted for operations in the UHF bands. The Commission notes that
several manufacturers have developed wireless microphones that make use
this VHF spectrum. Our understanding, however, is that licensees make
only limited use of this band for wireless microphone operations due to
the limited power levels permitted.
54. Discussion. The Commission seeks comment on the current uses of
the VHF television channels for wireless microphone operations, and the
potential for expanding use of this spectrum for wireless microphone
operations in the future. Are there technical impediments to making
greater use of this spectrum for wireless microphones?
55. In particular, the Commission invites comment on whether it
should revise the power limits for LPAS operations in the VHF band to
conform to those applicable for LPAS devices in the UHF television
band? What would be the benefits or risks associated with making such
revisions? Due to the propagation characteristics of this band, would
allowing higher power limits raise concerns regarding potential
interference to TV stations operating in the VHF bands or the wireless
video assist devices that operate in the upper VHF band? Would the
minimum co-channel separation distance of 4 kilometer from the contour
need to be increased? If so, to what distance? Or could a tiered
requirement be implemented, such as where wireless microphones
operating at 50 mW or less could comply with the 4 kilometer separation
distance, while higher power operations would have to comply with a
greater separation distance? The Commission asks that commenters
explain fully the benefits or risks, including the kinds of wireless
microphone operations that would be facilitated by such changes.
56. The Commission also invites comment on any other rule revisions
concerning use of the VHF television spectrum that would facilitate
more use of this spectrum for wireless microphone operations. It asks
that commenters provide specifics about any proposals, and address the
benefits and risks associated with such changes.
Licensed Co-Channel Operations Closer Than Specified Separation
Distances
57. In this proceeding, the Commission seeks to develop a more
extensive record on whether it should permit licensed wireless
microphone operations on a co-channel basis closer than the generally
applicable separation distances set forth in our rules, without the
need for coordination, provided that certain specified conditions at
the locations where the wireless microphone operations would take
place. Our goal is to provide more opportunities for licensed wireless
microphone operations in the spectrum that will continue to be
allocated for television services where the wireless microphone
operations would not cause harmful interference to TV operations.
Permitting such operations could help ensure that licensed operators
have access to more channels, particularly in indoor locations.
58. The Commission proposes to allow LPAS licensees to operate co-
channel with television closer to the television station than provided
by the separation distance rules, including inside the DTV contour, in
those locations in which the co-channel TV signal is below a specified
threshold, which would indicate that the over-the-air TV signal
unlikely to be received or receivable. Provided that an appropriate TV
signal threshold were established, we believe that such a rule serve to
ensure that wireless microphone operations could have access to
additional channels in the TV bands spectrum without causing harmful
interference to any over-the-air television viewers at those particular
locations.
59. If the Commission takes this approach, what would the suitable
TV signal threshold be? One commenter in the incentive auction
proceeding proposed that the suitable threshold would be -80 dBm over
200 kHz. The Commission seeks comment on this threshold, or any other
suitable threshold. It asks that commenters provide technical analyses
of the threshold that they propose that we adopt.
60. In addition, the Commission requests comment on whether, apart
from establishing such a TV signal threshold, it should adopt any other
safeguards to ensure that licensed wireless microphone operators comply
with this threshold and do not otherwise cause harmful interference to
TV reception. The Commission notes at the outset that because we would
limit these types of operations to licensed wireless microphone users,
we would expect such users to have the requisite wireless microphone
systems, as well as technical and operational abilities, to be able to
determine the level of the co-channel TV signals at a given location,
and thus would be able to comply with any threshold rule that we
adopted. Is this a reasonable expectation? To what extent would a
wireless microphone operation require a low TV signal to be
[[Page 69395]]
able operate effectively on a co-channel basis? Should we require
licensed wireless microphone users to register their co-channel
operations in the TV bands databases, which could provide information
to any television licensee concerned about possible harmful
interference? Are there other actions we should take?
61. As an alternative approach, the Commission seeks comment on
whether it should permit co-channel licensed wireless microphone
operations in indoor venues, such as in theaters or music auditoriums.
Could an appropriate approach towards indoor operations be developed
that would also effectively preclude harmful interference to any
potential TV viewers at indoor locations? For instance, could certain
locations be readily identified where wireless microphone operations
can be permitted, provided of course that they are operated consistent
with applicable technical requirements, including power limits and out-
of-bound emissions requirements? Or, considering that in order to
operate effectively wireless microphones need access to channels that
are sufficiently interference-free, is it reasonable to expect that co-
channel wireless microphone operations would only take place in indoor
locations on channels with relatively low or effectively non-existent
TV signal, and thus conclude that such operations would not be likely
to effectively harm TV viewers? Some commenters in the incentive
auction proceeding suggested that such operations may already take
place without incident. As the Commission explores this approach, it
seeks comment on the benefits or downsides of allowing licensed
wireless microphone operations at indoor locations, or at specified
types of indoor locations. The Commission asks that commenters provide
any technical analysis bases for their recommendations.
62. The Commission also invites comment on other approaches that it
should take on expanding wireless microphone operations on a co-channel
basis closer to television station operations. Again, commenters
proposing any alternative approaches should provide technical analyses
to support their approaches, and discuss the benefits of such an
approach and how their approaches would not cause harmful interference
to channels that would be used for wireless microphone operations.
Adoption of ETSI Emission Mask Standards for Analog and Digital
Wireless Microphones
63. To promote more efficient use of the available channels in the
spectrum in the TV bands spectrum, the Commission proposes revising the
emission masks applicable to wireless microphones and LPAS devices,
both with respect to analog and digital wireless microphones, to comply
with the applicable ETSI standards for analog and digital wireless
microphones that operate over 200 kHz channels. Specifically, the
Commission proposes to require that emissions from analog and digital
unlicensed wireless microphones comply with the emission masks in
Section 8.3 of ETSI EN 300 422-1, Electromagnetic compatibility and
Radio spectrum Matters (ERM); Wireless microphones in the 25 MHz to 3
GHz frequency range; Part 1: Technical characteristics and methods of
measurement. The Commission believes that requiring wireless
microphones to meet these tighter emission requirements will protect
authorized services in adjacent bands from harmful interference, and
will improve spectrum sharing by wireless microphones. We seek comment
on this proposal.
64. In particular, the Commission seeks comment on the benefits of
requiring unlicensed wireless microphones to comply with the ETSI
limits, and whether these benefits would outweigh the costs. To what
extent would adoption of the standards improve the efficiency of
wireless microphone operations? If so, in what ways? To what extent
would more microphones, whether analog or digital, be able to make use
of the TV bands spectrum? Are these limits necessary to protect
authorized services in adjacent frequency bands? To what extent would
compliance with the proposed limits improve spectrum sharing by
wireless microphones? To what extent have wireless microphone
manufacturers developed wireless microphones that already comply with
these standards? Would equipment manufacturers have difficulty in
complying with these limits? Would a requirement to meet the ETSI
standard affect the cost of a wireless microphone system?
65. The Commission also seeks comment on whether we should specify
separate emission masks for analog and digital microphones, or whether
a single mask is sufficient. For example, ETSI EN 300 422-1 suggests
that its mask for digital microphones could also be used for analog
microphones. If we were to decide to adopt these standards, how quickly
should we require new devices to comply with the new standards? Because
the ETSI emission masks are defined only over a frequency range of plus
or minus one megahertz from the wireless microphone carrier frequency,
we seek comment on the emission limits that should apply outside of
this frequency range. For example, should this limit be the same as the
emission limits at the outer edges of the ETSI masks (-90 dBc)? Is some
other limit more appropriate?
66. In addition to the ETSI standards, or as an alternative, are
there other technical standards that the Commission should adopt to
promote more efficient use of the spectrum available for wireless
microphone operations in the TV bands? If so, the Commission asks that
commenters explain the bases for adoption of these standards, along
with the associated benefits or potential costs. How quickly should the
Commission require that wireless microphones comply with such
standards?
Other TV Bands Revisions
67. The Commission also seeks comment generally on whether the
Commission should adopt any other rule revisions for operations of
wireless microphones in the TV bands spectrum that would facilitate
more effective and efficient operations in these bands in a manner that
would be consistent with the secondary status of LPAS operations in the
band. To the extent that commenters contend that other rule revisions
would be appropriate, the Commission asks that commenters provide
detailed information on reasons for the proposed changes and the types
of specific rules that they advocate.
Eligibility for Licensed Operations in the Duplex Gap
68. In the Incentive Auction R&O, the Commission provided that
broadcasters and cable programming networks using wireless microphones
on a licensed basis would be able to obtain interference protection
from unlicensed devices in a portion of the duplex gap at specified
times and locations, on an as-needed basis. The Commission is
addressing the technical issues concerning licensed wireless microphone
operations in the duplex gap in the companion part 15 proceeding.
69. The Commission seeks comment on whether it should expand
eligibility for licensed wireless microphone operations in the duplex
gap to include all of the entities eligible for part 74 LPAS licenses
in the TV bands. Would expanding eligibility to those entities
[[Page 69396]]
eligible for part 74 LPAS licenses in the TV bands create problems for
broadcasters or cable programming networks operating on this spectrum,
or would these different users for the most part operate at different
locations, such that their operations would not likely interfere with
each other?
Transition Out of the 600 MHz Band Repurposed for Wireless Services
70. The Commission seeks comment on how best to facilitate a smooth
transition as wireless microphone and other LPAS users cease their
operations on the repurposed 600 MHz Band frequencies no later than the
end of the post-auction transition period (i.e., 39 months after the
issuance of the Channel Reassignment PN). Achieving a smooth transition
will involve actions by the Commission, by manufacturers and
distributors of wireless microphones, and by the various wireless
microphone operators themselves, both licensed and unlicensed users.
Although the specific UHF band frequencies that will be repurposed for
600 MHz Band wireless services will not be known until following the
incentive auction, beginning preparation for transition as soon as
possible will contribute to a smoother transition.
71. The Commission also seeks comment on steps it should take to
facilitate a smooth transition in which wireless microphone operations
vacate the repurposed spectrum in the 600 MHz Band. The Commission asks
for comment on the extent to which consumer education and outreach can
help to achieve this goal, and the means by which information can be
made available to wireless microphone users in order to inform them of
the need to vacate the band. The Commission also requests that
commenters address whether labeling requirements, such as point of sale
disclosure, can help to facilitate the transition. In addition, it
proposes revising our rules to prohibit certification of part 74
wireless microphones that operate in repurposed 600 MHz Band spectrum
beginning nine months after the release of the Channel Reassignment PN,
and to prohibit the manufacture, import, sale, offer for sale, or
shipment of such wireless microphones in the 600 MHz band in the United
States, 18 months after the release of the Channel Reassignment PN.
Finally, we propose to modify by rule LPAS licenses with frequencies
that will be in the repurposed 600 MHz band and to delete these
frequencies from LPAS licenses because they will not be available for
such use after the end of the transition.
72. In addition to the specific issues the Commission raise,
comments should discuss how particular steps will promote ready access
to the repurposed spectrum by 600 MHz Band wireless licensees, while at
the same time providing for an orderly transition process for secondary
and unlicensed users that currently are serving various important
consumer needs using this spectrum.
Consumer Education and Outreach; Disclosure Requirements
73. The Commission seeks comment on how to inform users of wireless
microphones on the steps necessary to prevent interference to new
wireless operations in the 600 MHz spectrum, consistent with the
Commission's goals expressed in the Incentive Auction R&O. The
Commission anticipates that there will be a need for significant
education and outreach directed at wireless microphone users that must
commence well before the auction and continue for a number of years
beyond the end of the 39-month transition period. These education and
outreach efforts must be undertaken by the Commission, manufacturers,
wireless microphone users groups, and relevant trade publications and
other possible sources of information for wireless microphone users. As
a companion to these efforts to educate consumer awareness on
developments concerning the operation of wireless microphones, the
Commission also proposes requiring that written disclosures accompany
new devices at the point of sale to provide further education to
wireless microphone users on the devices' operations.
74. Consumer Education and Outreach. The commission seeks comment
on the consumer education and outreach efforts that should be employed
to educate wireless microphone users, particularly unlicensed users
operating in the repurposed 600 MHz band. Our goals are to make
information available so users are aware that they must cease operating
their wireless microphones on the repurposed 600 MHz Band no later than
the end of the transition period (i.e., 39 months after the release of
the Channel Reassignment PN); to set in motion a process so they are
aware of relevant factors concerning the operation of wireless
microphones that are currently in use; and to establish a means for
users to locate additional spectrum and equipment for their operations.
A successful consumer education and outreach campaign will involve the
Commission staff working with a broad group of interested entities,
including wireless microphone manufacturers, wireless microphones
users, and user representatives.
75. Given that a portion of the UHF spectrum that is currently used
and available for wireless microphone operations may no longer be
available following the incentive auction, the Commission seeks comment
on how wireless microphone users can be provided access to information
on the specific frequencies and the geographic areas of repurposed
spectrum that will no longer be available for wireless microphone use
at the end of the transition. What specific information should be
provided to wireless microphone users to ensure that they know the
requirements for operating in the repurposed spectrum during the
transition period and the need to exit the band by the end of the
transition? Although the Channel Reassignment PN will provide
information on the spectrum that will be repurposed and no longer
available for wireless microphones, first the Commission seeks comment
on what steps can be taken to provide wireless microphone users with
information on the transition prior to the auction. For example, it
seeks comment on whether explanations could be provided on the
Commission's Web site and on the Web sites of manufacturers that would
explain the steps required under the Commission's rules to vacate the
repurposed 600 MHz Band, and any information on alternative spectrum
that is currently available outside of this spectrum, as well any
additional spectrum bands that may become available for wireless
microphone operations beyond those already provided for in the rules.
76. What other means should be employed to provide wireless
microphone users notice of the repurposed spectrum that will be
assigned to new wireless licensees, including the specific frequencies
in the UHF spectrum and the geographic locations that will no longer be
available for wireless microphone operations? The Commission seeks
comment on whether it would it be beneficial for wireless microphone
users to have access to a database that identifies spectrum in the
repurposed 600 MHz Band. For example, should some form of online
mapping tool be made available to allow users to enter the location and
operating frequencies of a wireless microphone and determine whether it
operates in the repurposed 600 MHz Band? In the event that a database
or similar approach is adopted, the Commission seeks comment on who
should be responsible for developing and maintaining (hosting) it,
including
[[Page 69397]]
who should be responsible for its cost. Commenters should provide
quantitative and qualitative data on costs and benefits of their
proposals.
77. Further, should the Commission work with wireless microphone
manufacturers to obtain information on models of wireless microphones
that the Commission could list on its Web site? For example, this
information could include a list of all models of wireless microphones
sold in the U.S., and all wireless microphone models that operate in
the repurposed 600 MHz Band, as well as where on the device or in its
product literature the user could look to determine the frequencies on
which it is capable of operating. The Commission seeks comment on
whether making this type of information publically available would help
to facilitate a smooth transition from the 600 MHz Band. It also seeks
comment on the costs and benefits of this approach, as well as
alternative approaches.
78. In addition to steps that may involve manufacturers, the
Commission seeks comment on what steps other parties associated with
the sale and operation of wireless microphones may be able to take to
provide users with information relevant to the transition. These other
parties may include: Wireless microphone distributors and retailers;
parties that lease or manage wireless microphones; trade associations
and user groups, including those that have participated in Commission
proceedings concerning wireless microphones; organizations that host
Web sites and publish information that addresses wireless microphone
operations and use or are reasonably expected to have significant
numbers of wireless microphone users among their members and readers;
and engineering and industry associations or other groups with members
that use or operate wireless microphones. Involvement in education and
outreach by these parties will be essential, given users' investment in
wireless microphone equipment and the upcoming changes regarding
wireless microphone use, including the requirement that they vacate the
600 MHz Band. Further, it is important that education and outreach
extend to information concerning any newly-allocated spectrum for
wireless microphone operations and the potential for users to opt for a
suite of wireless microphones operating in different spectrum bands and
with different capabilities, depending on the user's specific
requirements. The Commission notes that wireless microphone users can
encompass a wide range of entities, including both licensed and
unlicensed users, and parties with differing levels of wireless
microphone needs and expertise covering many different applications.
Based on these considerations, it is likely that the need for
information on the various spectrum bands that will be available for
wireless microphone operations, and the conditions specific to each,
will be vital. The Commission seeks comment on these matters, and on
what steps can be taken to assure that the information to educate users
on the transition will be commensurate with the appropriate needs and
levels of expertise of all users.
79. The Commission seeks comment on what additional information it
should make available for wireless microphone users, including
Commission-issued consumer ``fact sheets'' and ``frequently asked
questions'' (FAQ's) which would address, among other matters,
information on operation in the 600 MHz Band, the reason for the need
to operate on frequencies outside of that band following the
transition, the availability of other frequency bands for wireless
microphone use, and the need to comply with Commission rules. The
Commission further seeks comment on how to release or distribute these
materials in order to most effectively and efficiently reach the target
audience of wireless microphone users.
80. The Commission seeks comment on the specific actions that
wireless microphone manufacturers, distributors, retailers and other
entities comprising the wireless microphone community should take to
inform the wide range of wireless microphone users about the ongoing
developments concerning wireless microphone use--particularly the need
to vacate the repurposed 600 MHz Band, the timetable for doing so, and
the conditions for operating in the band during the transition period.
The Commission seeks comment on whether and to what extent these
entities can make this type of information available, including, as
appropriate, by posting it on their Web sites, including it in all
sales literature, or taking other steps to inform current or potential
wireless microphone users of matters concerning the operation of their
devices. The Commission also seeks comment on whether manufacturers
would consider rebates, equipment trade-ins, or similar programs to
facilitate the transition, and what effect the 39-month transition
period would have on a decision to implement such a program. In
addition, we seek comment on the economic costs and benefits of
adopting consumer outreach measures.
81. Disclosure Requirements. The Commission proposes to revise its
point-of-sale disclosure requirement that the Commission adopted in the
Wireless Microphone Report and Order in order to provide information to
wireless microphone users that may have to purchase or lease new
equipment so that they can vacate the repurposed 600 MHz Band. In the
TV Bands Wireless Microphones Report and Order, the Commission adopted
a point-of-sale requirement to help assure that consumers were informed
of their rights and obligations if they chose to operate wireless
microphones and other low power auxiliary stations in the core TV bands
(defined in the rule as channels 2-51, excluding channel 37).
Specifically, the Commission adopted a requirement for manufacturers
and distributors of wireless microphones that operate in the core TV
bands to provide a written disclosure informing consumers of the
requirements for operating devices in that spectrum and to display the
disclosure at the point of sale and on their Web sites. The Commission
also provided that persons who manufacture or market wireless
microphones destined for export and capable of operating in the 700 MHz
Band must include labeling stating that the devices cannot be used in
the United States.
82. The Commission proposes to revise the existing point-of-sale
disclosure requirement in order to facilitate a smoother transition in
which wireless microphone users are informed of the need to vacate the
repurposed 600 MHz Band, while fully understanding their rights and
obligations during the transition period and at the end of the
transition period. With regard to sales of wireless microphones that
are capable of operating in repurposed spectrum, it proposes to require
that such sales include point-of-sale disclosures that inform buyers
that they are buying a microphone that cannot be used in certain
frequencies following the transition. The Commission also seeks comment
on how point-of-sale disclosures could be designed to effectively
address any ban on manufacturing and marketing of wireless microphones
that are capable of operating in the repurposed 600 MHz Band. The
Commission proposes that the revised point-of-sale disclosures should
direct buyers to the manufacturer's toll free telephone number or the
manufacturer's Web site where the buyer can obtain more detailed
information on the extent to which the microphone may be affected by
repurposing the600 MHz Band.
[[Page 69398]]
Should it retain the existing language in the point-of-sale disclosure
requirement that includes the Commission's toll free number and the
Commission's Web site where users can obtain additional information on
the operation of wireless microphones during the transition period and
after the transition period? What other information should be included
in the disclosure?
83. The Commission proposes that the effective date for any
disclosure requirement, including a point-of-sale requirement, which it
may adopt in connection with this or a related proceeding, shall be 18
months after the release of the Channel Reassignment PN--which will
mark the effective date of channel reassignments based on the repacking
process, specify any specific channel assignments for television
stations that will continue to broadcast, and start the clock running
on the post-auction transition period--or should some other date be
used instead? The Commission seeks comment on the particular factors
that should enter into this determination. It notes that in adopting
the current disclosure requirement, the Commission stated that it would
remain in effect until the effective date of the final rules adopted in
response to the 2010 TV Bands Wireless Microphones FNPRM.
Post-Auction Prohibition of the Certification, Manufacture, or
Marketing of LPAS Devices Operating on the 600 MHz Band
84. All wireless microphones that now operate in the TV bands are
certified as compliant with Part 74, Subpart H of the Commission's
rules. The Commission decided in the Incentive Auction R&O that all
wireless microphones that operate in the portion of the TV bands that
will be repurposed for licensed wireless services may continue to
operate in that spectrum during the post-auction transition period but
must cease those operations no later than 39 months after release of
the Channel Reassignment PN. At the end of the post-auction transition,
licensed microphones will be permitted to operate in a portion of the
duplex gap, and unlicensed wireless microphones will be permitted to
operate in the guard bands and duplex gap.
85. Because of these future changes in the permitted operating
frequency range for wireless microphones, plus the rule changes for
these devices that we propose in the NPRM and in the Part 15 NPRM, the
Commission need to establish cutoff dates for the certification,
manufacturing, and marketing of wireless microphones in the repurposed
spectrum to ensure that manufacturers cease making and marketing
equipment that cannot be legally used after a certain date. Cutoff
dates will encourage manufacturers to concentrate on developing
wireless microphones that operate in compliance with new part 74 and
part 15 rules. Because similar technical requirements would apply to
both licensed and unlicensed wireless microphones, the Commission
proposes to apply to both the same transition rules for certification,
manufacturing, and marketing. This approach would be the least
disruptive to wireless microphone manufacturers and users. The NPRM
addresses these issues for licensed wireless microphones, and the Part
15 NPRM addresses these issues for unlicensed wireless microphones.
86. Because wireless microphones will no longer be authorized to
operate in the 600 MHz Band beyond 39 months after the release of the
Channel Reassignment PN, the Commission proposes revising its rules to
prohibit the certification, manufacture, import, sale, lease, offer for
sale or lease, or shipment (collectively, ``manufacture or marketing'')
of wireless microphones devices intended for use in the repurposed 600
MHz Band in the United States. The Commission proposes taking this
action pursuant to its authority under section 302(a) of the
Communications Act.
87. The Commission proposes this prohibition to ensure that
wireless microphones will vacate the 600 MHz spectrum by the end of the
transition. This action would be consistent with Commission actions
when it required wireless microphones to cease operating in the former
TV bands that were repurposed for 700 MHz Band wireless services and
prohibited the manufacturer and marketing of wireless microphones
intended for use in the 700 MHz Band. The Commission is concerned that
without this prohibition there may be greater potential for
unauthorized use in the repurposed 600 MHz Band, given the difficulty
in educating users about the scope of the devices' operations and
problems we may otherwise encounter in enforcing a requirement that all
wireless microphones users leave the band by the end of the transition.
The Commission seeks comment on this proposal. It notes, however, that
some frequencies may not be cleared nationwide as a result of the
incentive auction, creating some impaired blocks in the 600 MHz Band.
The Commission proposes that parties may no longer submit applications
to certify part 74 wireless microphones that operate in repurposed TV
spectrum beginning nine months after the release of the Channel
Reassignment PN. It also proposes that we will not certify wireless
microphones under part 74 that would operate in the 600 MHz guard bands
or the unlicensed portion of the duplex gap. The Commission seeks
comment on these proposals. In particular, it seeks comment on the
appropriateness of the proposed cutoff dates. Should we provide longer
or shorter time periods? Should we also require that, in any event,
parties may not submit applications to certify wireless microphones
that operate in repurposed TV spectrum later than 24 months after the
effective date of the service rules we adopt in this proceeding, and
microphones that do not comply with the new rules may not be
manufactured and marketed later than 33 months after the effective date
of the service rules the Commission adopts in this proceeding?
88. The Commission also proposes that the effective date of any
prohibition on manufacturing or marketing these devices will be 18
months after the release of the Channel Reassignment PN. The Commission
notes that the particular frequencies that will need to be vacated will
not be known until the release of the Channel Reassignment PN, although
parties have been on notice since at least 2012 that wireless
microphones may have to transition out of portions of the 600 MHz Band.
The Commission also seeks comment on the extent to which manufacturers
and other entities have already begun to educate current and potential
wireless microphone users about the potential for a transition out of
the 600 MHz Band. In addition, the Commission seeks comment on the
economic costs and benefits of different effective dates for the
proposed prohibition on manufacturing or marketing.
89. Finally, to the extent that the Commission determines to
prohibit such manufacture or marketing, we propose that any such ban
would not apply to devices manufactured in the United States solely for
export. It seeks comment on this proposal.
Modification of LPAS Licenses To Remove Authorization for Operations on
the 600 MHz Band
90. Pursuant to our authority under Section 316 of the
Communications Act, the Commission proposes to modify existing LPAS
licenses, to the extent necessary, to delete frequencies identified as
repurposed for the 600 MHz Band in the Channel Reassignment PN,
effective on the date that the post-auction transition period ends. The
Commission has already taken action in
[[Page 69399]]
the TV Bands Wireless Microphones Second Report and Order adopted
earlier this year to ensure that any LPAS licenses granted between the
effective date of that order and the end of the post-auction transition
period would be subject to the condition that operation in the
repurposed 600 MHz Band must cease by the end of the post-auction
transition period.
91. The Commission's proposed actions in the instant proceeding
would similarly modify, to the extent necessary, all other LPAS
licenses granted prior to the effective date of TV Bands Wireless
Microphone Second Report and Order that authorize operations on
frequencies that will be repurposed for the 600 MHz Band. In addition,
the Commission proposes that following these license modifications, the
LPAS licenses will continue to include authorization to use all
frequencies currently included in those licenses other than the
repurposed 600 MHz Band. Finally, we propose that if a licensed user
must cease operations of a wireless microphone prior to the end of the
post-auction transition period (i.e., because it causes harmful
interference to any 600 MHz licensee's operations), the license
relating to that wireless microphone will be modified automatically
without Commission action to delete the authorization to operate on the
repurposed 600 MHz Band, effective on the date that operations are
required to cease.
92. The Commission seeks comment on these proposals, and on the
extent to which their adoption would promote the public interest by
facilitating the clearing of all licensed wireless microphone
operations from the repurposed 600 MHz Band by the end of the
transition period.
26.100-26.480 MHz, 161.625-161.775 MHz, 450-451 MHz, and 455-456 MHz
Bands
93. The Commission seeks comment on the current use of these bands
for wireless microphone operations, and the future for more expansive
use of these bands. What particular types of wireless microphones are
used in the bands, and for which types of applications are they best
suited. Considering the small bandwidths available in each of these
bands, what kinds of limitations are there on the types of applications
that can be served using these bands? How many microphones can operate
on these bands using today's technologies? Are there technological
advances that may promote more intensive use? The Commission seeks
comment on any potential revisions that it should make to facilitate
the use of these bands for wireless microphone operations.
88-108 MHz FM Band
94. Background. Over the years there have been some wireless
microphone operations in the 88-108 MHz FM band on an unlicensed basis.
As discussed, wireless microphone operations on this spectrum was
permitted before wireless microphones were authorized to access any
channels in the TV bands. Wireless microphones that comply with the
rules for unlicensed device operations in this band, as sets forth in
Sec. 5.239 of our part 15 rules, may operate on no more than a 200 kHz
bandwidths with low emissions (field strength of emissions must not
exceed 250 microvolts/meter at 3 meters).
95. Discussion. To what extent do wireless microphone users
continue to make use of this band for their operations? If so, for what
types of wireless microphone applications? To what extent will use of
the spectrum in this band be useful for accommodating wireless
microphone users' needs in the future? Are there any rule revisions
that would facilitate use of this spectrum while also preserving these
channels for use by the primary FM broadcast services? The Commission
asks that commenters proposing any rule revisions submit technical
information in support of their proposals, as well as analysis of the
benefits of such revisions and likely impact on FM broadcasters.
169-172 MHz Band
96. Background. Under the Commission's part 90 rules, entities
eligible to hold a Public Safety Pool or Industrial/Business Pool
license may operate wireless microphones on a secondary basis on
certain frequencies in the 169-172 MHz band, which is allocated
primarily for federal use. Specifically, these rules permit wireless
microphones to be operated on only eight frequencies: 169.445 MHz,
169.505 MHz, 170.245 MHz, 170.305 MHz, 171.045 MHz, 171.105 MHz,
171.845 MHz, and 171.905 MHz. The emission bandwidth may not exceed 54
kHz, the frequency stability of the microphones must limit the total
emission to within 32.5 kHz of the assigned frequency, and
operations may not exceed an output power level of 50 milliwatts.
Entities eligible to operate wireless microphones under the part 90
rules include a variety of users, including those eligible to hold LPAS
licenses under part 74 as well as many other entities, including: state
and local government entities; commercial entities in general;
educational, philanthropic or ecclesiastical institutions; clergy;
hospitals; clinics; and medical associations.
97. Wireless microphone operations are not protected from other
licensed operations in the band and must not cause interference to any
government or non-government operations, and wireless microphone
license applications are subject to government coordination. The
federal systems in the band are required to be capable of narrowband
operations on 12.5 kHz channels. The other non-federal licensed
operations in the band, which also are secondary to the federal
allocation in the band, operate on narrowband channels and include: (1)
operations by licensees on 36 specified assignable channels, no larger
than 11.25 kHz, between 169.425 MHz and 171.925 MHz, for the purpose of
transmitting hydrological or meteorological data: (2) operations by
licensees on 9 assignable channels, no larger than 11.25 kHz, between
170.425 MHz and 172.375 MHz, for forest firefighting and conservation
purposes (four assignable east of the Mississippi River and five
assignable west of the Mississippi River); and (3) operations
assignable on one 11.25 kHz channel for public safety activities; and
remote pickup broadcast stations on one 12.5 kHz channel at 170.15 MHz
in certain parts of the country.
98. In the 2010 TV Bands Wireless Microphones R&O and FNPRM, the
Commission sought comment on whether it should revise these part 90
rules to facilitate broader wireless microphone use in these
frequencies. Some commenters in that proceeding suggested that
operating in this band may offer additional opportunities for some
licensed wireless microphone operations, though several indicated that
wireless microphone operations under these rules may not currently
provide a viable option for all wireless microphone users, particularly
where ``premium professional audio quality'' is required. One comment
also indicated that the few available frequencies were insufficient
except for small users.
99. In this proceeding, the Commission requests information about
the current use of spectrum in the 169-172 MHz band for wireless
microphone operations, and it requests comment on the potential for
more expansive and intensive use of this spectrum. In particular, the
Commission ask for comments on different ways in which the spectrum in
the band could be used for wireless microphone operations without
interfering with the federal operations, and the other secondary
services that may use portions of this band at particular locations.
The
[[Page 69400]]
Commission also inquires about the technical rules that we should adopt
were we to authorize additional wireless microphone use of this band.
100. Commenters should provide information about how this spectrum
is currently used by wireless microphones and describe the specific
uses and applications for such devices under part 90. In particular,
the Commission asks that commenters address why relatively few entities
are licensed to operate wireless microphones in this band. To what
extent, for instance, does the relatively narrow bandwidth permitted
under Part 90 (with 54 kHz emission mask limitation) affect the audio
quality and the types of usage on those frequencies when compared with
part 74 LPAS systems in the TV bands (permitting as much as 200 kHz)?
101. The Commission also seeks comment on whether and what steps it
could take to make the existing frequencies a more viable option for
more wireless microphone users. The applicable technical rules are over
thirty years old, and the Commission seeks comment on the extent of
subsequent technical improvements in wireless microphone technology in
this band. The Commission also seeks comment on the technical
specifications of current microphones in this band and what rule
changes would be necessary to enable improved fidelity to support
additional wireless microphone applications.
102. Commenters should also discuss the potential for future
wireless microphone use in these frequencies, as well as how revisions
could make this spectrum more useful for wireless microphone
applications. Since the current channels available for microphones
include four sets of channels that are close to each other, one
possible action we might take would be to allow wireless microphone
licensees to combine each of the neighboring sets of channels with each
other, making four channels with larger bandwidth available for
wireless microphone operations. For instance, the authorizations for
operating on channels 169.445 MHz and 169.505 MHz could be combined,
allowing for operations across the two channels over a bandwidth of
approximately 120 kHz, with the center frequency being at 169.475 MHz.
Would allowing these channels to be combined to this larger bandwidth
accommodate additional wireless microphone uses, and do commenters
support such action? Commenters also should discuss whether such a
revision would increase the likelihood of interference to federal use
or other secondary non-federal use of the spectrum, and whether the
rules also should include additional provisions to protect these other
users.
103. Another approach would be to make as much of the 169-172 MHz
band as possible available for wireless microphone use on a secondary
basis. Secondary operations are not normally coordinated with primary
operations. Given the relatively low power of wireless microphones and
the limited nature of their use we believe the risk to primary services
is relatively small except perhaps in rare instances of operation in
close proximity. Nevertheless, are there certain circumstances where
coordination with the federal government or other incumbent services
may be appropriate? What impact might this have on wireless microphone
operations in the band, as well as on other operations in the band?
Alternatively, should certain areas be excluded for licensed wireless
microphones operating in this band? In considering this possible
expansion of wireless microphone use across the band, the Commission
notes that there are many locations, or many frequencies at particular
locations, where the spectrum is not being used either by the federal
government or by other secondary users. The Commission seeks comment on
whether wireless microphone licensees should be allowed to operate on
channels of bandwidths up to 200 kHz (if available at particular
locations), the same as permitted in the TV bands, and in addition
should be required to comply with the ETSI standards that we are
proposing to adopt with respect to wireless microphone operations under
the technical rules for LPAS device operations in the TV bands and
other bands. The Commission seeks comment on this approach, and whether
such an approach could be designed in such a way as to protect federal
and other secondary operations from interference from wireless
microphone operations. Under this approach, to what extent could
certain types or locations of wireless microphone use (e.g., indoor
uses) more easily be accommodated? If the Commission were to provide
authorization for more expansive use by wireless microphones licensees,
it seeks comment on the service rules that we should adopt. The
Commission also seeks comment on the technical rules that should apply
for wireless microphone operations. For instance, under this approach,
to what extent should we adopt other technical requirements that would
apply to LPAS devices that operation in the VHF TV bands that currently
apply (including restricting power to 50 mW, the same as permitted
wireless microphones currently in the 169-172 MHz band), or under our
proposed revisions for operations in the TV VHF band (which would
permit higher power levels, up to 250 mW)?
104. In addition, the Commission seeks comment on any other
approaches it could take to facilitate wireless microphones operations
in the 169-172 MHz band. Commenters proposing other approaches should
provide the rationale for such approaches, including how those
approaches could be designed to protect incumbent operations of other
services in the band. To the extent that the Commission revises
technical rules to provide more access to spectrum in these bands, it
asks that manufacturers address how quickly new devices might be
manufactured and made available in the marketplace. Are there other
equipment issues that we should address?
944-952 MHz Band and Adjacent 941-944 MHz and 952-960 MHz Bands
105. Under current rules, broadcasters and broadcast network
entities already are permitted to operate wireless microphones and
other LPAS devices in 8 megahertz of spectrum in the 944-952 MHz band
on a licensed basis. In this section, the Commission seeks comment
generally on LPAS operations in the 944-952 MHz band, and it proposes
to adopt the ETSI standards for analog and digital wireless microphone
operations and to expand eligibility for licensed LPAS operations to
include the same additional entities that currently are eligible to
operate LPAS devices on a licensed basis in the TV bands. The
Commission also proposes to permit LPAS operations on a licensed basis
in portions of the two spectrum bands immediately adjacent to the 944-
952 MHz band (941-944 MHz and 952-960 MHz bands), which potentially
could enable licensed wireless microphone users access to up to
nineteen megahertz of spectrum across the 941-960 MHz frequencies,
depending of course on the availability of unused spectrum across these
frequencies.
944-952 MHz Band
106. The Commission requests that commenters provide information
about the current uses of this band for licensed wireless microphone
operations, as well as the potential for more intensive use of this
band for these operations among the other broadcast services that use
the band. How extensively do LPAS licensees make use of this 8-
megahertz band, and in what types of locations? How much spectrum is
available for wireless microphone
[[Page 69401]]
uses in the band, considering that the other authorized services are
point-to-point operations are at fixed locations? The Commission seeks
comment on both outdoor and indoor uses. For what types of wireless
microphone operations is that band used? What are the advantages and
disadvantages of using this band for wireless microphone operations?
107. Similarly, the Commission requests comment on the potential
for more intensive use of this band in the future. Considering that
less spectrum may be available for wireless microphone operations in
the UHF television bands, do licensees expect to make greater use of
this band in this band, including migration particular types of uses to
this spectrum when they are spectrum-constrained in the TV bands? If
so, for what types of applications? Do the propagation features
associated with this spectrum band, and its relatively close proximity
to the UHF television band, facilitate particular types of wireless
microphone applications? For instance, is this band particularly well-
suited for high-quality uses? What are the potential limitations on the
use of this band for licensed wireless microphone operations?
Commenters should provide whatever information they believe may be
helpful to the Commission as we evaluate the role that this band can
play in helping accommodate the various needs of wireless microphone
users over the near and long term.
108. In our discussion of licensed LPAS operations in the TV Bands,
the Commission proposes to adopt the ETSI emission mask standards both
for analog and digital microphones. Here, the Commission proposes
adopting those standards for LPAS operations in the 944-952 MHz Band.
The Commission seeks comment on this proposal.
109. In addition to seeking comment on use of this band by existing
licensees, the Commission proposes expanding eligibility in the 944-952
MHz band to include additional classes of wireless microphone users, in
particular all of the other entities eligible for operation of LPAS
devices in the TV bands on a licensed basis, which have wireless
microphone needs similar to those of broadcasters and broadcast network
entities and merit license status in the TV bands. Considering that
these other entities are sophisticated users, and often already
coordinate their wireless microphone operations in the TV bands with
broadcasters, the Commission believes that such users should be able to
effectively work with broadcasters when accessing spectrum at different
locations. Expanding eligibility for these uses potentially could help
ensure that entities that merit licensee protection in the TV bands,
and may have access to less TV bands spectrum following the incentive
auction, have access to additional spectrum that they may need for
their licensed operations. The Commission seeks comment on this
proposal. Alternatively, should the Commission expand eligibility to
include a subset of these other TV bands LPAS licensees, or some other
group of entities? If so, for what reasons?
110. Are there technical limitations and other considerations we
should weigh when assessing expansion of licensee eligibility in this
band? Would expansion have the effect of limiting the spectrum at
particular locations available for use by broadcasters? Alternatively,
would the likely operations of these LPAS wireless microphones by
different users at different locations help ensure that the low power,
short-range operations would not overlap or cause interference among
LPAS operations? Considering the technical characteristics of the fixed
Aural Broadcast Auxiliary (STL and ICR) stations, and noting that these
fixed services currently share use of the band with LPAS operations,
what additional safeguards, if any, would be needed to insure that
these fixed Aural Broadcast Auxiliary stations are protected if
additional, non-broadcast classes of users are added to the band?
941-944 MHz Band and 952-960 MHz Band
111. 941-944 MHz band. Most of this three megahertz--the two and a
half megahertz between 941.5-944 MHz--is available for licensing for
Private and Common Carrier Fixed Microwave Services. Broadcast
auxiliary stations licensed prior to November 21, 1984 (including STL
and ICR) may continue to operate in the 942-944 MHz band on a co-
primary basis. After applicants were given the opportunity to file
applications and to resolve disputes over frequency pairs internally
and then by lottery, subsequent licenses were obtained on a first-come-
first-served-basis, operating in different parts of this spectrum on
channels that range from 25 kHz to 200 kHz in bandwidth. The Commission
has issued approximately 820 licenses in this 941.5-944 MHz portion,
where the vast majority are for Private Operational Fixed Point to
Point Microwave Service, with some for Aural Broadcast Auxiliary
Service (including STL and ICR), and a few for Common Carrier Fixed
Point to Point Microwave Service. Fixed point-point links in these
bands are typically used for long distance low data-rate links between
locations that have line of sight capability. They employ directional
antennas and operate with fairly high effective isotropic radiated
power. Receive antennas are also directional, affording some rejection
of unwanted signals off-axis from the main lobe of the antenna.
112. The other portion, the half megahertz between 941-941.5 MHz,
is authorized for MAS operations. The MAS authorizations involve
discrete portions of the 941-941.5 MHz band that is paired with
spectrum in the 932-932.5 MHz band; more particularly, these paired
blocks consist of thirty-six 12.5 kHz channel pairs (25 kHz total per
pair) and one paired 50 kHz channel (100 kHz total per pair) in the
932.0-932.5 MHz and 941.0-941.5 MHz bands. The Commission designated
twenty of the thirty-six 12.5 kHz channel pairs in these bands for
public safety and/or private internal use. Five of these twenty are
reserved for public safety services (as defined in Part 90), and the
other fifteen are available for both private internal and traditional
public safety services. With respect to the remaining channels
consisting of sixteen 12.5 kHz paired channels and one 50 kHz paired
channel (a total of 0.250 megahertz of spectrum in 941-941.5 MHz), the
Commission has issued licenses on a geographic basis through a system
of competitive bidding without any user restrictions, and these
licensees are permitted to provide both fixed and mobile services on a
co-primary basis. The 941.0 -941.5 MHz portion of the band is
designated for communications from MAS master stations to remote
stations; consequently, transmission from the master station is
generally omni-directional, generally within a 25-mile radius, to many
remote stations. The rules for MAS operations were adopted by the
Commission in 1999. MAS historically has been used by the power,
petroleum, and security industries for various alarm, control,
interrogation and status reporting requirements as well as by the
paging industry, and the licensing scheme adopted by the Commission
attempted to accommodate these past and present uses. In the 941-941.5
MHz portion, there are 1,340 geographically-based MAS licenses and
1,175 site-based MAS licenses.
113. 952-960 MHz band. Similarly, most of this eight megahertz of
spectrum--6.8 megahertz of spectrum between 952.85-956.25 MHz and
956.45-959.85 MHz--is licensed for Private Operational Fixed Microwave
Service (including business industrial and public safety) authorized
under part
[[Page 69402]]
101. The Commission has issued approximately 2,850 Private Operational
Fixed Point to Point Microwave Service licenses authorizing operations
in the 952-960 MHz band.
114. The remaining portions of the band are authorized for MAS
operations in three distinct portions, totaling 1.2 megahertz.
Specifically, the MAS bands are divided into two groups with differing
licensing and service characteristics. The first, commonly known as the
928/952/956 bands, include sixty-eight 12.5-kilohertz (kHz) channel
pairs (25 kHz total per pair) in the 928-928.85 and 952-952.85 MHz
bands (a total of 850 kilohertz in the 952-960 MHz band), and sixteen
unpaired 12.5-kHz channels in the 956.25-956.45 MHz band (200 kHz
total). These bands are reserved for ``private internal services,''
which are defined as those where licensees use their authorized
frequencies purely for internal business purposes or public safety
communications, and not for any for-hire (for-profit) or non-profit
cost-shared application. The Commission awarded licenses to these bands
on a first-come, first-served, site-by-site basis. The Commission has
issued approximately 10,000 site-based MAS licenses in these bands.
115. The second MAS band, commonly known as the 928/959 MHz bands,
consists of twelve 12.5 kHz channel pairs (25 kHz total per pair) in
the 928.85-929 and 959.85-960 MHz bands (300 kHz total). The Commission
licensed these bands on a geographic basis through a system of
competitive bidding for use by for-profit CMRS and paging network
incumbents. There are 484 geographically-based MAS licenses and
approximately 120 site-based MAS licenses in this band. In addition,
approximately 50 licenses permit part 22 paging operations in the
959.85-960 MHz band on a grandfathered basis.
116. In the MAS Report and Order, the Commission adopted flexible
rules that permit licensees to conduct point-to-point and point-to-
multipoint operations, and also to provide fixed or mobile services on
a co-primary basis in the geographically licensed portions of the
bands. The MAS Report and Order also grandfathered incumbent operations
in the 928/952/956 MHz bands, and permitted those operations to expand
services subject to the Commission's rules on interference protection
and co-channel spacing. Although a system of geographic licenses using
Economic Areas (EAs) awarded via auction now overlays the 928/959 bands
and part of the 932/941 bands, we permitted incumbent licensees to
remain in the in the 928/959 band indefinitely, but we did not permit
any expansion of their services. The Commission expected that
interference from these ``grandfathered'' operations would be minimal,
given that they were subject to a co-channel mileage separation based
on an assumed 25-mile service area.
117. The Commission proposes making unused portions of the 941-944
MHz and the 952-960 MHz bands available for licensed wireless
microphone operations on a secondary basis, generally under the rules
applicable for LPAS operations in the 944-952 MHz band. The Commission
requests that commenters provide information about the potential
availability of unused spectrum in these bands at locations where
wireless microphones are used, and the extent to which it is suitable
and could effectively be used for wireless microphone operations. The
Commission seeks comment on the particular rules that it should adopt
to facilitate wireless microphone operations in this spectrum that
would also ensure that incumbent operations are not harmed. The
Commission invites comment on the benefits of permitting such
operations, as well as any specific concerns about how such operations
might affect currently authorized users in these bands.
118. The Commission first seeks comment on whether there are
potential benefits to making these bands available for wireless
microphone operations to the same entities licensed for LPAS operations
in the 944-952 MHz band. Considering the mix of services and licensees
that currently operate in different segments in various portions of
these bands, the Commission seeks comment on whether there nonetheless
are many locations in these bands where spectrum is unused, potentially
available, and in sufficient bandwidth (e.g., 200 kHz) suitable for
wireless microphone uses similar to their uses in the TV bands and 944-
952 MHz band. The Commission requests that commenters supporting
wireless microphone operations in these bands explain fully how access
to the available spectrum in these bands would be important for
accommodating wireless microphone needs in the coming years, both in
the near and longer term. Would the fact that this spectrum is adjacent
to the 944-952 MHz band make this spectrum particularly suitable or
involve valuable synergies (e.g., same spectrum propagation, more
readily available equipment, more efficient management of wireless
microphone operations, etc.)? And would the types of uses suitable for
these bands be the same as for the 944-952 MHz band discussed?
119. Given that wireless microphones operate at low power over
short distances, the Commission believes they are not likely to cause
interference to the types of fixed or mobile operations that operate at
higher power in these bands. Thus, it believes that wireless
microphones should be able to co-exist and share access to the spectrum
in these bands with incumbent services on a secondary basis without
causing harmful interference. The Commission seeks comment. As this
issue is considered, the Commission requests comment on how it can
design rules for wireless microphone operations in these bands to
enable effective sharing. Would users of wireless microphones often
seek to operate in locations that overlap with existing services, or
would they operate in other places not served by those operations?
120. Considering the different services and service rules that
apply to portions of these bands, the Commission seeks comment on
permitting wireless microphone operations on each of these portions.
With the mix of point-to-point and point-to-multipoint services already
operating in these bands, are there specific sub-bands that would be
more suitable than others for sharing with wireless microphones?
121. With respect to those portions of the spectrum available for
licensing for fixed microwave services other than MAS, which
constitutes the majority of the spectrum in these bands, how much
spectrum is unused by these fixed services at locations that could be
effectively used for wireless microphone operations? To what extent can
potential wireless microphone users determine the availability of
suitable spectrum at particular locations? What issues and factors
should we take into account to make spectrum available for wireless
microphone operations while protecting the incumbent fixed services
that operate in these bands?
122. The Commission similarly inquires about making the portions of
the spectrum in these bands that are authorized for MAS operations also
available for wireless microphone operations. For instance, considering
that many MAS systems are used by utilities for Supervisory Control and
Data Acquisition (SCADA) operations, we seek comment on whether these
existing users operate in the same general geographic areas as wireless
microphone users, or whether the wireless microphone operations would
be separated geographically because these are different types of uses?
Given the nature of MAS operations, how
[[Page 69403]]
much spectrum is unused and available for wireless microphone
operations? Are there practical considerations, including the fact that
there is only a relatively small amount of spectrum in discrete
segments potentially unused and available, that would make authorizing
wireless microphone operations more problematic or less practical in
these bands? If so, are there ways in which the Commission could
effectively address these concerns? Would the spectrum associated with
the geographic area MAS licenses be suitable for wireless microphones,
and if so could wireless microphone operations be accommodated on this
spectrum through leasing arrangements with the existing market-based
licensees? What other factors should we consider when determining
whether and how to permit wireless microphone operations in these MAS
portions?
123. The Commission also seeks specific comment on designing rules
that would be necessary to address any interference concerns with
incumbent operations that could arise. If it were to authorize wireless
microphone operations in these bands, to what extent are protections
necessary to prevent harmful interference to incumbent operations from
the low power, short-range wireless microphone operations? Would
certain types of services, such as fixed microwave services, generally
not be prone to interference? Would other types of operations be more
susceptible to interference, such as certain MAS operations involving
SCADA operations, and would those operations benefit from rules that
would provide protection (e.g., rules to specify minimum separation
distances or creation of protection zones)? What specific technical
requirements or limitations should we place on wireless microphone
operations in the bands? On frequencies licensed for SCADA operations
that involve transmissions between master stations and outdoor remotes,
should we place limitations on power levels used by wireless
microphones or limit wireless microphones to indoor uses? The
Commission asks commenters to provide technical analyses to support
their positions on these issues.
124. The Commission asks that commenters propose any specific
technical rules that would apply to wireless microphone operations in
these bands. As indicated, the Commission proposes permitting wireless
microphones to operate under the technical rules for LPAS operations
that apply to operations in the 944-952 MHz band (e.g., power limits,
maximum bandwidth, Out of Band Emissions (OOBE)), which would include
the ETSI standards that we propose to apply to such operations. The
Commission seeks comment on this proposal, and whether these rules
should apply in whole or in part with respect to these bands, or
portions of these bands, and if not, why not? Commenters should explain
and provide technical analyses on these issues. The Commission also
seeks comment on the equipment issues that would pertain to wireless
microphone operations in these bands, including the certification
process. Commenters also should address any equipment issues pertaining
to wireless microphone operations in these bands. What is the potential
availability of equipment for operations in these bands? Realizing that
it may depend on the particular rules, how long might it take for
manufacturers to develop equipment that operates in these bands? Would
the availability of devices operating in the adjacent 944-952 MHz band
help speed development and distribution of these devices? To the extent
that manufacturers may need to modify equipment designed for the 944-
952 MHz band, or use equipment designed for use in other bands, what
are the constraints on such modifications, and how long would it take
to bring such modified equipment to market? As regards certification,
should manufacturers be able to certificate equipment under the same
rules and procedures for LPAS devices that operate in the 944-952 MHz
band, or do they need to develop new equipment for these bands that
would be certificated in a different manner?
Unlicensed Operations in the 902-928 MHz, the 2.4 GHz, and the 5 GHz
Bands
125. The 902-928 MHz, 2.4 GHz (2400-2483.5 MHz), and 5 GHz (5725-
5850 MHz) bands generally permit operations of unlicensed devices
pursuant to two part 15 rules, Sec. Sec. 15.247 and 15.249. Earlier
this year, the Commission consolidated the rules for the digitally
modulated devices that operate in the 5 GHz band under Sec. 15.407.
Wireless microphones are among the devices that operate on an
unlicensed basis in these bands under these rules.
126. Wireless microphones operating in these bands pursuant to
Sec. 15.247, like other unlicensed devices operating under this rule,
are required to operate as spread spectrum transmitters, and are
limited to frequency hopping systems and systems using digital
modulation. Digitally modulated systems must use a minimum bandwidth of
500 kHz but are not required to hop frequencies. Both frequency hopping
and digitally modulated systems are permitted to use output powers of
up to 1 watt, however, most devices use lower power for various design
reasons, such as conserving battery life. Spread spectrum modulation
reduces the power density of the transmitted signal at any frequency,
thereby reducing the possibility of causing interference to other
signals occupying the same spectrum. Similarly, at the receiver end,
the power density of interfering signals is minimized, making spread
spectrum systems relatively immune to interference from outside
sources.
127. Wireless microphones operating in these bands pursuant to
Sec. 15.249, as with any other unlicensed device operation, is
permitted subject to the field strength limits specified in this
section. There are no requirements for devices operating under this
provision to hop frequencies or use a minimum transmit bandwidth, and
there are no maximum bandwidth or transmission duration limits. Devices
operating under this rule could be either analog or digital devices.
Many types of devices operate under this rule section including
cordless telephones, video transmitters, wireless speaker and headphone
systems, and automated utility meter reading equipment.
128. Section 15.407 provides general technical requirements for
unlicensed national information infrastructure (U-NII) devices that
operate in the 5 GHz band. The recently revised Sec. 15.407 rules are
intended to better ensure that unlicensed 5 GHz band devices do not
cause harmful interference to authorized Federal and non-Federal users
in these bands and to eliminate a loophole in the former rules that
allowed devices to be certified under the Sec. 15.247 rules and then
modified to operate as U-NII devices without complying with all of the
technical requirements of the U-NII rules.
902-928 MHz Band
129. The Commission seeks to develop a full record on the current
and potential uses of the 902-928 MHz band for various wireless
microphone uses. It ask that commenters provide information on devices
currently in the marketplace that serve such needs. To what extent are
these devices digital, operating as spread spectrum devices under the
technical rules set forth in Sec. 15.247, or analog or digital
operating under Sec. 15.249 requirements? What specific types of
applications are these devices best suited, and what are the
limitations on the types of applications for which they may be used? To
what extent can devices operating in this
[[Page 69404]]
band address the needs, for instance, of non-professional users? The
Commission asks that commenters provide relevant technical data
regarding performance features (e.g., with respect to latency, voice
fidelity, etc.) that inform and may affect the suitability of these
devices for particular types of applications. To what extent is the
effectiveness of the applications dependent on the operating
environment (e.g., outdoor or indoor uses)? Are wireless microphone
users whose needs can effectively be addressed through devices that
operate in this band migrating their operations from other bands, such
as the TV bands, to this band? What are manufacturers and those
marketing wireless microphone devices promoting use of devices that use
this band?
130. Have there been technological advances that have improved the
ability of these devices to co-exist and share use of the band with the
other users that also have access to the band? If so, what types? What
kinds of advancements might be anticipated in the future that could
increase the use of this band for wireless microphone applications?
131. To the extent devices operating in this band are effective in
meeting wireless microphone applications, should manufacturers and
those marketing wireless microphones do more to promote use of devices
that operate in this band, or to indicate that devices operating in
this band may be effective in addressing their needs that historically
have operated in the TV bands? What steps, if any, should the
Commission take to promote more use of this band for wireless
microphone applications?
2.4 GHz Band
132. As with our discussion on the 902-928 MHz band, the Commission
also seeks to develop a full record on the current and potential uses
of the 2.4 GHz band for various wireless microphone uses. It asks that
commenters provide information on devices currently in the marketplace,
and the extent are these devices digital, operating as spread spectrum
devices under the technical rules set forth in Sec. 15.247, or analog
or digital operating under Sec. 15.249 requirements. For what types of
specific applications are 2.4 GHz wireless microphones best suited, and
what limitations are associated with their use, including any that may
result from the nature of signal propagation in the band. To what
extent can devices operating in this band address the needs of non-
professional users? As above, we ask that commenters provide relevant
technical data regarding performance features (e.g., with respect to
latency, voice fidelity, etc.) that inform and may affect the
suitability of these devices for particular types of applications. What
types of operating environment (e.g., outdoor or indoor uses) affect
their effectiveness for specific applications? How are manufacturers
and those marketing wireless microphone devices promoting use of
devices that use this band?
133. The Commission also asks that commenters discuss technological
advances that have improved the ability of these devices to co-exist
and share use of the band with the other users that operate in the
band. Are advancements anticipated that could increase the use of this
band for wireless microphone applications? Finally, to the extent
devices operating in this band are effective in meeting wireless
microphone applications, should more be done to promote use of devices
that operate in this band?
5 GHz Band
134. The Commission also asks that commenters provide information
on the current and potential uses of this band for different types of
wireless microphone operations. To what extent are devices that
function as wireless microphones operating in this band today, and for
what kinds of applications? Considering the available bandwidth, the
propagation features associated with this spectrum, and other relevant
factors, for what types of applications is this band well-suited? What
types of users are most likely to make use of wireless microphones in
this band? In what types of operational environments do these devices
work best? Are there technological advances forthcoming that could
create more opportunities for using this spectrum for wireless
microphone applications? Should more be done to promote use of this
band for wireless microphone applications?
1920-1930 MHz Unlicensed PCS Band
135. Currently the major use of the 1920-1930 MHz band is for
unlicensed cordless telephones that operate under part 15 of the
Commission's rules many manufacturers make wireless microphones using
this spectrum.
136. The Commission invites comment on the current and potential
uses of the 1920-1930 MHz UPSC band for wireless microphone
applications. The Commission seeks comment on current uses of the band
for wireless microphones, including the types of purposes for which
they are used as well as the types of venues in which they are used.
How many microphones generally can be deployed at the same time in a
particular area? To the extent that wireless microphones operating in
this band may not be sufficient for high-end, professional broadcast,
music, or theater uses, are there other types of uses for which they
provide effective wireless microphone communications capabilities? What
is the range of audio capabilities for wireless microphone devices that
operate in this band under our rules? For instance, are there potential
advances in technology, such as improvements in the digital protocol to
better enable high quality audio? In sum, the Commission invites
comments generally on the types of applications for which wireless
microphones using this band may be best suited. Should the Commission
consider any technical revisions that could make this band more useful
for wireless microphone applications without adversely affecting
operations of other users in the band?
1435-1525 MHz Band
137. The Commission proposes, as one option, making the 1.4 GHz
band spectrum available for use by wireless microphones on a secondary
licensed basis, and seek comment. Because of the importance of ensuring
that the AMT systems are protected against harmful interference, and
given that most wireless microphone operations can be accommodated
within other spectrum, the Commission proposes that use of this band be
limited to licensed professional users at specified locations and
times, and include specified safeguards designed to protect AMT use of
the band. The Commission seeks comment on how and under what conditions
this band can be shared, and on the types of applications best suited
for this band.
138. Our proposal to allow wireless microphones to operate in this
spectrum is based on several critical factors. We recognize that
professional use for certain large events (e.g., major sports or
theater productions) often involve use of more than 100 wireless
microphones. Where these have previously operated in the TV bands,
there is no assurance that sufficient spectrum will remain to
accommodate this extent of use, nor is it certain that the other
provisions for wireless microphones could accommodate such use.
Limiting the licensing for these types of applications, which are
typically associated with specific locations, should make sharing of
the spectrum manageable. Although we would authorize such use on a
secondary basis, in this instance we believe that frequency
coordination with federal and non-federal users is critical and is
consistent with the
[[Page 69405]]
practice that already has been used for special temporary authority in
this band, although on a more limited basis. In addition, the
Commission believes it is necessary to ensure that a mechanism must be
established to ensure that wireless microphone systems marketed for use
in this spectrum can only be operated after successful coordination,
such as through an electronic key or other means. The Commission also
seeks to ensure that any wireless microphones operating in this
spectrum are spectrally efficient and frequency agile when sharing the
spectrum. The Commission discusses these topics in detail below. Where
it asks general questions they should be viewed through the prism of
these principles.
139. Generally, as the Commission considers authorizing wireless
microphone operations in the 1.4 GHz band on a secondary use basis,
what issues should it consider when evaluating the compatibility of
wireless microphone operations in the same band as AMT? What
limitations might the Commission consider imposing to ensure that
wireless microphone operations would not cause harmful interference to
AMT?
140. To what extent is the 1.4 GHz spectrum suited for wireless
microphone operations? What type of wireless microphone uses might be
best suited to operate in this band, and what types of uses would be
less well-suited or unsuitable? How would proponents of access to this
spectrum plan to make use of the band for wireless microphone
operations? What are the technical advantages and disadvantages of
using 1.4 GHz band spectrum for wireless microphone operations, in
terms of signal propagation, types of operations that could be
deployed, battery power, form factors, body absorption, or other
aspects that would inform the types of wireless microphone uses to
which the spectrum might be put?
141. The Commission proposes that wireless microphone operations be
secondary, and thus must protect the primary AMT services that operate
in the band. As it considers the appropriate framework for wireless
microphone operations in the band, we note that the Commission already
has permitted secondary, low power short-range devices to share use of
another band where AMT operations were primary when in 2012 it
authorized Medical Body Area Network (MBAN) devices to operate in the
2360-2390 MHz portions of the 2360-2400 MHz band. In permitting MBAN
devices to share access to that spectrum, the Commission was careful in
developing rules that limited the locations where MBAN systems could
operate and in designing a coordination process that would ensure that
primary AMT operations would be protected from interference.
142. As a general matter, the Commission proposes only limited use
of the 1.4 GHz band for wireless microphone applications. While it
seeks to provide wireless microphone users in need of additional
spectrum resources with access to the 1.4 GHz band spectrum to help
accommodate those needs, at the same time the Commission is not
proposing to open this particular band either for widespread or for
itinerant uses throughout the nation. Given the paramount need to
protect AMT operations, the Commission is proposing only limited access
for wireless microphone operations. In particular, it proposes that
wireless microphone uses be restricted to specific fixed locations,
such as large venues (whether outdoor or indoor), where there may a
need to deploy large numbers of microphones, e.g., 100 or more. In
addition, the Commission proposes allowing operations at those
locations only at specified times. The Commission seeks comment on
these proposals.
143. Prior coordination with AFTRCC will be required. The
Commission seeks to develop appropriate rules that will ensure through
this process that wireless microphone operations will not cause
interference to the primary AMT operations in the band. In particular,
it seeks comment on coordination mechanisms that can ensure that
wireless microphone operations only occur at the locations and times
where authorized through the coordination process, and would be
effective in preventing the use of these devices at any other location
or time without authorization.
144. As noted, the Commission authorized MBAN devices to operate on
a secondary basis in the 2360-2390 MHz band provided that they register
the devices and follow a coordination framework. With regard to
registration, MBAN device operators are required to register each
device with the frequency coordinator and provide specified
information--including the specific frequencies to be used, the
location of the devices, the power levels used, and point of contact
information regarding the entity responsible for the MBAN device
operations. The Commission codified certain coordination procedures as
well. These begin with the initial determination of whether the MBAN
location is within line-of-site of AMT operations, and the potential
interference risks that would be associated with MBAN operations at
that location. The Commission also provided the frequency coordinators
with significant flexibility to work out mutually agreeable
coordination agreements and MBAN devices' operating parameters at
particular locations. The Commission recognized that specific tools,
such as electronic keys, could be useful to coordinators as they sought
to achieve mutually agreeable coordination agreements, and required
that MBAN devices cease transmission in the absence of a control
message. At the same time, the Commission did not codify requirements
for an electronic key and relied on frequency coordinators to work out
the MBAN operating parameters through their agreements as needed. To
what extent are the rules for MBAN operations appropriate with regard
to permitting wireless microphone use in the 1.4 GHz band at specified
locations, frequencies, and times, pursuant to specified operational
parameters? The Commission asks that commenters explain in detail the
coordination procedures that they assert should apply with regard to
operations in the 1.4 GHz band.
145. The Commission also seeks comment on the extent to which the
Commission might prescribe particular tools to ensure that wireless
microphones operate only at the locations and times authorized, and not
anywhere else. For instance, the Commission seeks comment on requiring
that the wireless microphone systems, which often are moved from one
location to another (e.g., when used to cover different events), could
only operate through use of an automatic mechanism (such as an
electronic key, and location-awareness capability, or similar
mechanisms) that would serve to prevent wireless microphones from
operating unless on approved frequencies in the 1.4 GHz band at the
approved location/venue(s) during approved time(s). What kind of
technologies can achieve this purpose in an effective manner? If we
were to adopt such a requirement, should the authorized operations be
enabled only through permission granted by the FCC or an FCC-certified
entity once AFTRCC has concurred with the particular wireless
microphone operations? Are there other means of coordinating operations
that would ensure that the microphones only operate where and when
authorized? The Commission seeks comment on these proposals, including
how an automatic mechanism might be included within design of a
wireless microphone system. In
[[Page 69406]]
addition, the Commission invites comment on whether it should adopt
point-of-sale restrictions that would enable only entities licensed to
operate in this band to obtain the devices.
146. In keeping with the types of wireless microphone operations
that the Commission envisions for this band, it proposes limiting
eligibility to professional users, including broadcasters, professional
television and cable programmers, and professional sound engineering
companies, and operators at major venues that manage and coordinate
wireless microphone operations, i.e., the entities eligible for
licensed LPAS operations in the TV bands. The Commission invites
comment on this proposal.
147. To the extent the Commission decides to authorize wireless
microphone operations in this band, it seeks comment on the technical
rules that would apply to devices that would use the band. Commenters
should submit detailed discussions of recommendations for the
applicable technical rules. In designing technical rules, what types of
technical concerns should we consider and address to ensure that the
primary AMT operations protected? The Commission requests detailed
information about the type(s) of wireless microphone equipment that
could use the band. What power levels and bandwidths should we permit
for wireless microphones? To what extent should we permit certain
devices already on the market today to access the band? Should the
technical rules be the similar to wireless microphones that operate in
other bands?
148. In particular, the Commission seeks comment on adopting the
technical rules for LPAS device operations in the TV bands, as well as
the ETSI standards that it is proposing to adopt for those devices. To
what extent are some or all of these technical standards appropriate
for wireless microphones operating in the 1.4 GHz band? The Commission
asks that commenters provide any relevant technical information
supporting their positions.
149. To preserve maximum flexibility for wireless microphone
operations in the band, should the Commission consider requiring
wireless microphones to have the capability of tuning across the band?
The Commission also seeks comment on requiring wireless microphones
that are designed to operate in the 1.4 GHz band to have modular
transmitting components that, if necessary, could be replaced to
enhance frequency agility. How long would it take to develop devices
that would operate consistent with the proposals we discussed above?
Should there be an interim process for permitting wireless microphone
operations in the band as any necessary new devices are being made? In
addition, the Commission invites comment on the certification process
that should be employed.
150. Consistent with its proposal, the Commission envisions adding
a secondary mobile except aeronautical mobile service allocation to the
1435-1525 MHz band for limited use under the service rules it adopts
for the band. The Commission also request comment on any other
regulatory or technical issues that would be relevant to our
consideration of whether to authorize wireless microphone operations in
the 1.4 GHz band. Commenters should provide detailed bases and
explanations for their proposals and views.
3.5 GHz Band
151. In the 3.5 GHz Band FNPRM adopted in April 2014, the
Commission sought comment on a three-tiered authorization framework
that would allow different types of users to access portions of the
3550-3650 MHz Band. To the extent that the band was not being used by
incumbent users (primary operations, including incumbent federal users
and grandfathered Fixed Satellite Service earth stations) under the
Incumbent Access tier, the Commission proposed making spectrum
available through the Priority Access and General Authorized Access
(GAA) tiers outside of the specified geographic exclusion zones. The
Commission also invited comment on whether to allow certain users
(``Contained Access Users'') to receive interference protection for
their device operations within the confines of their facilities on a
portion (up to 20 megahertz) of the frequencies included in the GAA
tier.
152. The Commission notes the comments have been filed in the 3.5
GHz band proceeding (GN Docket No. 12-354) on potential uses of this
band by wireless microphone users. Shure indicated that the GAA tier,
for instance, could potentially support certain wireless applications,
and asserted that were the Commission to establish a class of
``Contained Access Users'' then indoor wireless microphone use should
qualify for such access.
153. All of the issues regarding the policies and rules for
operations in the 3.5 GHz proceeding will be decided in that
proceeding, based on the record in that proceeding, and the Commission
is not seeking comment in this instant proceeding on those issues.
Nonetheless, considering that the Commission is seeking to develop a
comprehensive understanding of the potential landscape for different
types of wireless microphone operations in different bands, it seeks
general comment on whether and how wireless microphone operations
potentially could be employed in the 3.5 GHz band to help accommodate
particular needs of users. Without prejudging the specific rules that
the Commission may adopt in the 3.5 GHz proceeding, the Commission
invites comment on any impact the proposed rules for the 3.5 GHz band
would have on the broader aims of this proceeding. If 3.5 GHz spectrum
were made available, how much of a wireless microphone operator's needs
could potentially be accommodated in this band, for instance, given the
propagation characteristics of the band? If operations were permitted
in this band, to what extent might this band potentially serve as a
supplement spectrum resource for certain types of uses? To the extent
that rules for the 3.5 GHz band are adopted that can help meet wireless
microphone users' needs, how long might it take for user equipment to
be developed and available for use? To avoid a bifurcated record on
issues related to the 3.5 GHz band, the Commission asks that commenters
submit any comments on these issues in this docket as well as in the
3.5 GHz band proceeding.
6875-7125 MHz Band
154. The Commission proposes to permit licensed wireless microphone
operations on available channels in this band, on a secondary basis,
for entities that are eligible to hold BAS or CARS licenses, and seek
comment. Considering the existing fixed and mobile services in the band
that currently operate in different portions of this band, and the
likelihood of significant areas of unused spectrum throughout this band
that potentially could be made available for relatively low power,
short-range wireless microphone operations, the Commission request
comment on whether access to this spectrum could help accommodate
certain types of wireless microphone applications without interfering
with existing services. The Commission also seeks comment on the
applicable rules that should apply, were we to decide to grant such
authorization.
155. To what extent would access to the 7 GHz band help address
needs of wireless microphone operators? Considering the propagation
features or other factors associated with this spectrum, what types of
wireless microphone applications may be well-suited for operations in
this band? Given that BAS and CARS licensees
[[Page 69407]]
already use the 7 GHz spectrum for certain types of video applications
and programming production, would there be synergies in permitting
wireless microphone operations that could supplement those existing
applications? How much spectrum in the 7 GHz band may be potentially
available at those kinds of locations, whether indoors or outdoors,
where users may have need for wireless microphones?
156. What particular rules would facilitate wireless microphone
operations in the band while also protecting existing services? Could
we make spectrum in any part of the 7 GHz band available for wireless
microphone operations on a secondary, non-interfering basis, under
rules drawn from the LPAS technical rules for operations in the TV
bands or on the 944-952 MHz band? To what extent would low power
wireless microphone operations pose the potential of interfering with
any of the current mix of fixed and mobile BAS services and private and
commercial fixed microwave that operate in the band?
157. Alternatively, should the Commission consider making certain
portions of the 7 GHz band available for wireless microphone
operations, both as a means to facilitate wireless microphone
operations as well as to preclude any possibility of harmful
interference to existing operations? For instance, are there certain
25-megahertz channels, or smaller-sized portions of such channels, that
we should make available for wireless microphone operations, and if so,
how much and where? Would some channels or portions of channels be
preferable for wireless microphone operations? As noted, while BAS and
CARS are authorized to operate on the entire 25 megahertz in a channel,
FS services may operate on 5, 8.33, and 25 megahertz channels. Are
there opportunities for wireless microphone operations on portions of
particular channels to the extent not being used by incumbent licensees
at a given location? For instance, if an incumbent licensee were using
only 5 or 8.33 megahertz channels, could wireless microphones operate
on some balance of that 25-megahertz channel without interfering with
existing services? Are there particular segments in the 7 GHz band that
would be more suitable, such as the 25 megahertz segments that are
currently reserved for BAS use nationwide? Are other channels or
portions of channels more suitable, and if so should we take steps to
restrict additional authorizations in that spectrum or otherwise open
that spectrum for wireless microphone uses? If commenters have specific
ideas about whether certain portions of the 7 GHz band should be made
available, the Commission asks that they submit a full discussion of
which portions, and how that might affect any existing BAS, CARS, or FS
authorized in those portions of the band.
158. To what extent should coordination of wireless microphone
operations be required? Should we require formal or informal
coordination of operations? We also seek comment on whether wireless
microphone users could share operations among themselves on the same
private-sector, frequency-coordinated basis that exists for the use of
BAS mobile shared spectrum.
159. The Commission is proposing that any wireless microphone
operations in these bands be licensed to entities eligible for BAS or
CARS licensees. It generally would expect that these are the entities
that may wish to operate wireless microphones in the band for some of
their production-related services. The Commission also believes that
licensing wireless microphone operations to these entities would help
address interference or coordination concerns that may arise when
making use of the 7 GHz band spectrum. The Commission seeks comment on
this proposal. The Commission also invites comment on alternative
proposals.
160. The Commission also invites comment on the technical rules
that would apply to wireless microphone operations in the band. In
particular, it seeks comment on whether the technical rules should be
modeled on those that apply to LPAS operations, including the ETSI
standards that we are proposing. The Commission asks that commenters
provide information on any proposed rules and the rationale for
adopting such rules. Commenters should also address any potential
interference concerns that could arise. If we were to allow wireless
microphone operations in the band, would any incumbent operations need
geographic exclusion zones? Apart from exclusion zones, is there
interference criteria that could facilitate sharing? What OOBE limits
would be appropriate to protect incumbent services in the bands
directly adjacent to wireless microphone operations? Considering the
propagation characteristics in the 7 GHz band and recognizing that
operation in this band typically requires line of sight between the
transmitter and receiver, would limiting wireless microphones to indoor
use create greater sharing possibilities? The Commission asks
commenters to provide technical analyses to support their position on
these issues.
161. In addition, the Commission seeks comment on equipment
availability for wireless microphones in these bands. Does wireless
microphone equipment already exist for these bands? How much time would
manufacturers need to develop new equipment for these bands?
Ultra-Wideband
162. Background. The Commission's rules for ultra-wideband (UWB)
unlicensed devices are set forth in part 15, subpart F. UWB devices
operate by employing very narrow or short duration pulses that result
in very large or wideband transmission bandwidths. UWB technology
enables development of an array of applications, including imaging
systems, vehicular radar systems, and communications and measurement
systems. Operating pursuant to the technical rules set forth in part
15, UWB devices can use spectrum occupied by existing radio services
without causing harmful interference, thereby permitting scarce
spectrum resources to be used more efficiently.
163. Wireless microphones operating under these rules would be
required to operate pursuant to the UWB rules for communications
systems, which permit operations in the 3.1-10.6 GHz band. Under the
UWB rules, these devices must be designed to ensure that operation can
occur indoors only, or must consist of hand-held devices that may be
employed for such activities as peer-to-peer operation. The Commission
notes that at least one wireless microphone manufacturer has developed
and markets wireless microphones that operate under these rules.
164. The Commission seeks comment on the current and potential uses
of UWB devices for wireless microphone applications. Recognizing that
UWB operates across a number of frequencies, the Commission asks
commenters to discuss the ways in which UWB devices could be used
effectively for wireless microphone uses. Are there particular uses for
which wireless microphones operating under UWB rules are well suited,
such as indoor and/or short-range operations? What are the benefits and
constraints associated with the UWB rules, including the wide
bandwidths associated with operations and the propagation aspects
related to operating in these high frequency bands? Are manufacturers
promoting the use of UWB wireless microphones for particular
applications? Finally, we invite comment regarding steps that the
[[Page 69408]]
Commission should take to facilitate use of UWB devices for wireless
microphone uses.
Other Potential Bands
165. In this section, the Commission invites comment on whether
there are other bands not currently available for wireless microphone
operations that may be useful in helping their use. The Commission
seeks comment on bands that might offer opportunities both in the
nearer term and over the longer term.
166. For instance, in 2008 the Public Interest Spectrum Coalition
(PISC) filed a petition for rulemaking to create a general wireless
microphone service in the 2020-2025 MHz band. PISC argued that, as a
result of the Commission's proposal to license the 2175-2180 MHz band
on an unpaired basis, the 2020-2025 MHz band could be allocated for
wireless microphones on a primary basis and free of white space devices
and interference. Would this band be suitable for wireless microphone
use? If so, the Commission asks that commenters address the technical
suitability of this five megahertz band, the potential equipment
availability, and other issues that would have to be addressed. The
Commission also asks commenters to address how a decision to permit
wireless microphones to operate in the 2020-2025 MHz band would impact
or be affected by the Commission's earlier decision to allocate those
five megahertz for non-federal fixed and mobile service.
167. To the extent that commenters propose additional bands for
consideration, we ask that they provide a full explanation for the
proposal. In particular, the Commission seeks comment on the ways in
which the band or bands could be helpful in accommodating wireless
microphone operations while advancing the Commission's spectrum
management goals, including promoting efficient use of spectrum.
Procedural Matters
Paperwork Reduction Analysis
168. The NPRM contains proposed new information collection
requirements. The Commission, as part of its continuing effort to
reduce paperwork burdens, invites the general public and OMB to comment
on the proposed information collection requirements contained in this
document, as required by the PRA. In addition, pursuant to the Small
Business Paperwork Relief Act, the Commission seeks specific comment on
how it might further reduce the information collection burden for small
business concerns with fewer than 25 employees.
Initial Regulatory Flexibility Analysis
169. As required by the Regulatory Flexibility Act (RFA), the
Commission has prepared this present Initial Regulatory Flexibility
Analysis (IRFA) of the possible significant economic impact on small
entities by the policies and rules proposed in the NPRM.\1\ Written
public comments are requested on this IRFA. Comments must be identified
as responses to the IRFA and must be filed by the deadlines for
comments provided on the first page of this NPRM. The Commission will
send a copy of the NPRM, including this IRFA, to the Chief Counsel for
Advocacy of the Small Business Administration (SBA).\2\ In addition,
the NPRM and IRFA (or summaries thereof) will be published in the
Federal Register.\3\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\1\ See 5 U.S.C. 603. The RFA, see 5 U.S.C. 601-612, has been
amended by the Small Business Regulatory Enforcement Fairness Act of
1996 (SBREFA), Public Law 104-121, Title II, 110 Stat. 857 (1996).
\2\ See 5 U.S.C. 603(a).
\3\ See id.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
Need for, and Objectives of, the Proposed Rules
170. This proceeding is initiated to explore additional steps we
can take to accommodate the needs of wireless microphone users over the
coming years by ensuring that they have access to available spectrum
resources that they need.\4\ Wireless microphones play an essential
role in enabling broadcasters and other video programming networks to
serve consumers, including helping to cover breaking news and
broadcasting live sports events. They are used to significantly enhance
event productions in a variety of settings--including theaters and
music venues, film studios, conventions, corporate events, houses of
worship, and internet webcasts. They also have become integral to
creating high quality content that consumers demand and value, and as
part of that content production process contribute substantially to our
economy.\5\ Recent actions by the Commission, and in particular the
repurposing of broadcast television band spectrum for wireless services
set forth in the Incentive Auction R&O, will significantly alter the
regulatory environment in which wireless microphones operate \6\ and we
see an urgent need to assess new options for wireless microphone users
going forward.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\4\ See Expanding the Economic and Innovation Opportunities of
Spectrum Through Incentive Auctions, GN Docket No. 12-268, Report
and Order (FCC 14-50), 29 FCC Rcd 6567, 6704 para. 316 (adopted May
15, 2014) (Incentive Auction R&O) (stating the Commission's intent
to initiate a proceeding to explore steps to accommodate the long-
term needs of wireless microphone users). When we use the term
``wireless microphones'' in this proceeding, we collectively refer
to wireless microphones and related audio devices.
\5\ See, e.g., Expanding the Economic and Innovation
Opportunities of Spectrum Through Incentive Auctions, GN Docket No.
12-268, Report and Order (FCC 14-50), 29 FCC Rcd 6567, 6696 para.
300 (adopted May 15, 2014) (Incentive Auction R&O).
\6\ See generally Expanding the Economic and Innovation
Opportunities of Spectrum Through Incentive Auctions, GN Docket No.
12-268, Report and Order (FCC 14-50), 29 FCC Rcd 6696-6704 paras.
299-316; 6844-6847 para. 682-688, (adopted May 15, 2014) (Incentive
Auction R&O).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
171. Wireless microphone users rely heavily on access to unused
channels in the television band to provide their important services.
Following the incentive auction, with the repacking of the television
band and the repurposing of current television spectrum for wireless
services, there will be fewer frequencies in the UHF band available for
use for wireless microphone operations. In taking several steps in the
Incentive Auction R&O to accommodate wireless microphone operations--
including providing more opportunities to access spectrum on the
channels that will remain allocated for television post-auction and
making the 600 MHz Band guard bands available for wireless microphone
operations--the Commission also recognized that the reduction of total
available UHF band spectrum will require many wireless microphone users
to make adjustments over the next few years regarding the spectrum that
they access and the equipment they use.\7\ To help ensure that wireless
microphone users could make these adjustments, the Commission provided
that users could continue to access spectrum repurposed for wireless
services for a substantial period of time as they transition affected
services to alternative spectrum.\8\ The Commission promised to
initiate this proceeding to explore steps that it can take to address
wireless microphone users' longer term needs, including accessing
spectrum resources in additional frequency bands.\9\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\7\ See Incentive Auction R&O, 29 FCC Rcd at 6567 paras. 299-
315.
\8\ See Incentive Auction R&O, 29 FCC Rcd at 6567 paras. 682-
688.
\9\ Incentive Auction R&O, 29 FCC Rcd at 6567 para. 316.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
Legal Basis
172. The proposed action is authorized under sections 4(i), 7(a)
301, 303(f), 303(g), 303(r), 307(e) and 332 of the Communications Act
of 1934, as amended, 47 U.S.C. 151, 154(i), 157(a),
[[Page 69409]]
301, 303(f), 303(g), 303(r), 307(e), and 332.
Description and Estimate of the Number of Small Entities to Which the
Proposed Rules Will Apply
173. The RFA directs agencies to provide a description of and,
where feasible, an estimate of the number of small entities that may be
affected by the proposed rules, if adopted.\10\ The RFA generally
defines the term ``small entity'' as having the same meaning as the
terms ``small business,'' ``small organization,'' and ``small
governmental jurisdiction.'' \11\ In addition, the term ``small
business'' has the same meaning as the term ``small business concern''
under the Small Business Act.\12\ A small business concern is one
which: (1) is independently owned and operated; (2) is not dominant in
its field of operation; and (3) satisfies any additional criteria
established by the SBA.\13\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\10\ 5 U.S.C. 603(b)(3).
\11\ 5 U.S.C. 601(6).
\12\ 5 U.S.C. 601(3) (incorporating by reference the definition
of ``small business concern'' in 15 U.S.C. 632). Pursuant to the
RFA, the statutory definition of a small business applies ``unless
an agency, after consultation with the Office of Advocacy of the
Small Business Administration and after opportunity for public
comment, establishes one or more definitions of such term which are
appropriate to the activities of the agency and publishes such
definition(s) in the Federal Register.'' 5 U.S.C. 601(3).
\13\ Small Business Act, 15 U.S.C. 632 (1996).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
174. Small Businesses, Small Organizations, and Small Governmental
Jurisdictions. Our action may, over time, affect small entities that
are not easily categorized at present. We therefore describe here, at
the outset, three comprehensive, statutory small entity size
standards.\14\ First, nationwide, there are a total of 28.2 million
small businesses, according to the SBA.\15\ In addition, a ``small
organization'' is generally ``any not-for-profit enterprise which is
independently owned and operated and is not dominant in its
field.''\16\ Nationwide, as of 2012, there were approximately 2,300,000
small organizations.\17\ Finally, the term ``small governmental
jurisdiction'' is defined generally as ``governments of cities, towns,
townships, villages, school districts, or special districts, with a
population of less than fifty thousand.''\18\ Census Bureau data for
2012 indicate that there were 90,056 local governments in the United
States.\19\ Thus, we estimate that most governmental jurisdictions are
small.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\14\ See 5 U.S.C. 601(3)-(6).
\15\ See SBA, Office of Advocacy, ``Frequently Asked
Questions,'' https://www.sba.gov/sites/default/files/FAQ_March_2014_0.pdf (last visited May 2, 2014; figures are from
2011).
\16\ 5 U.S.C. 601(4).
\17\ National Center for Charitable Statistics, The Nonprofit
Almanac (2012).
\18\ 5 U.S.C. 601(5).
\19\ U.S. Census Bureau, Government Organization Summary Report:
2012 (rel. Sep. 26, 2013), https://www2.census.gov/govs/cog/g12_org.pdf (last visited May 2, 2014).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
175. LPAS Licensees. There are a total of more than 1,200 Low Power
Auxiliary Station (LPAS) licenses in all bands and a total of over 600
LPAS licenses in the UHF spectrum.\20\ Existing LPAS operations are
intended for uses such as wireless microphones, cue and control
communications, and synchronization of TV camera signals. These low
power auxiliary stations transmit over distances of approximately 100
meters.\21\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\20\ FCC, Universal Licensing System (ULS), available at https://wireless.fcc.gov/uls/index.htm?job=home (last visited May 13, 2014).
\21\ 47 CFR 74.801.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
176. Low Power Auxiliary Device Manufacturers: Radio and Television
Broadcasting and Wireless Communications Equipment Manufacturing. The
Census Bureau defines this category as follows: ``This industry
comprises establishments primarily engaged in manufacturing radio and
television broadcast and wireless communications equipment. Examples of
products made by these establishments are: transmitting and receiving
antennas, cable television equipment, GPS equipment, pagers, cellular
phones, mobile communications equipment, and radio and television
studio and broadcasting equipment.''\22\ The SBA has developed a small
business size standard for Radio and Television Broadcasting and
Wireless Communications Equipment Manufacturing, which is: all such
firms having 750 or fewer employees.\23\ According to Census Bureau
data for 2007, there were a total of 939 establishments in this
category that operated for the entire year.\24\ Of this total, 912
establishments had employment of less than 500, and an additional 10
establishments had employment of 500 to 999.\25\ Thus, under this size
standard, the majority of firms can be considered small.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\22\ U.S. Census Bureau, 2012 NAICS Definitions: 334220 Radio
and Television Broadcasting and Wireless Communications Equipment
Manufacturing, https://www.census.gov/cgi-bin/sssd/naics/naicsrch?code=334220 &search=2012 (last visited May 6, 2014).
\23\ 13 CFR 121.201, NAICS code 334220.
\24\ U.S. Census Bureau, Table No. EC0731SG3, Manufacturing:
Summary Series: General Summary: Industry Statistics for Subsectors
and Industries by Employment Size: 2007 (NAICS code 334220), https://factfinder2.census.gov/faces/tableservices/jsf/pages/productview.xhtml?pid=ECN_2007_US_31SG3. The number of
``establishments'' is a less helpful indicator of small business
prevalence in this context than would be the number of ``firms'' or
``companies,'' because the latter take into account the concept of
common ownership or control. Any single physical location for an
entity is an establishment, even though that location may be owned
by a different establishment. Thus, the numbers given may reflect
inflated numbers of businesses in this category, including the
numbers of small businesses.
\25\ Id. An additional 17 establishments had employment of 1,000
or more.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
177. Low Power Auxiliary Device Manufacturers: Other Communications
Equipment Manufacturing. The Census Bureau defines this category as
follows: ``This industry comprises establishments primarily engaged in
manufacturing communications equipment (except telephone apparatus, and
radio and television broadcast, and wireless communications
equipment).'' \26\ The SBA has developed a small business size standard
for Other Communications Equipment Manufacturing, which is: all such
firms having 750 or fewer employees.\27\ According to Census Bureau
data for 2007, there were a total of 452 establishments in this
category that operated for the entire year.\28\ Of this total, 448
establishments had employment below 500, and an additional 4
establishments had employment of 500 to 999.\29\ Thus, under this size
standard, the majority of firms can be considered small.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\26\ U.S. Census Bureau, 2012 NAICS Definitions: 334290 Other
Communications Equipment Manufacturing, https://www.census.gov/cgi-bin/sssd/naics/naicsrch?code=334290&search=2012 (last visited May 6,
2014).
\27\ 13 CFR 121.201, NAICS code 334290.
\28\ U.S. Census Bureau, Table No. EC0731SG3, Manufacturing:
Summary Series: General Summary: Industry Statistics for Subsectors
and Industries by Employment Size: 2007 (NAICS code 334290), https://factfinder2.census.gov/faces/tableservices/jsf/pages/productview.xhtml?pid=ECN_2007_US_31SG3&prodType=table (last visited
May 6, 2014). The number of ``establishments'' is a less helpful
indicator of small business prevalence in this context than would be
the number of ``firms'' or ``companies,'' because the latter take
into account the concept of common ownership or control. Any single
physical location for an entity is an establishment, even though
that location may be owned by a different establishment. Thus, the
numbers given may reflect inflated numbers of businesses in this
category, including the numbers of small businesses.
\29\ Id. There were no establishments that had employment of
1,000 or more.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
178. Television Broadcasting. This Economic Census category
``comprises establishments primarily engaged in broadcasting images
together with sound. These establishments operate television
broadcasting studios and facilities for the programming and
transmission of programs to the public.'' \30\ The SBA has created the
[[Page 69410]]
following small business size standard for Television Broadcasting
firms: those having $38.5 million or less in annual receipts.\31\ The
Commission has estimated the number of licensed commercial television
stations to be 1,388.\32\ In addition, according to Commission staff
review of the BIA Advisory Services, LLC's Media Access Pro Television
Database on March 28, 2012, about 950 of an estimated 1,300 commercial
television stations (or approximately 73 percent) had revenues of $14
million or less.\33\ We therefore estimate that the majority of
commercial television broadcasters are small entities.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\30\ U.S. Census Bureau, 2012 NAICS Definitions: 515120
Television Broadcasting, (partial definition), https://www.census.gov/cgi-bin/sssd/naics/naicsrch?code=515120&search=2012
(last visited May 6, 2014).
\31\ 13 CFR 121.201 (NAICS code 515120) (updated for inflation
in 2010).
\32\ See FCC News Release, Broadcast Station Totals as of
December 31, 2013 (rel. January 8, 2014), https://transition.fcc.gov/Daily_Releases/Daily_Business/2014/db0108/DOC-325039A1.pdf.
\33\ We recognize that BIA's estimate differs slightly from the
FCC total given.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
179. We note, however, that in assessing whether a business concern
qualifies as small under the above definition, business (control)
affiliations must be included.\34\ Our estimate, therefore, likely
overstates the number of small entities that might be affected by our
action because the revenue figure on which it is based does not include
or aggregate revenues from affiliated companies. In addition, an
element of the definition of ``small business'' is that the entity not
be dominant in its field of operation. We are unable at this time to
define or quantify the criteria that would establish whether a specific
television station is dominant in its field of operation. Accordingly,
the estimate of small businesses to which rules may apply does not
exclude any television station from the definition of a small business
on this basis and is therefore possibly over-inclusive to that extent.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\34\ ``[Business concerns] are affiliates of each other when one
concern controls or has the power to control the other or a third
party or parties controls or has to power to control both.'' 13 CFR
21.103(a)(1).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
180. In addition, the Commission has estimated the number of
licensed noncommercial educational (NCE) television stations to be
396.\35\ These stations are non-profit, and therefore considered to be
small entities.\36\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\35\ See FCC News Release, Broadcast Station Totals as of
December 31, 2013 (rel. January 8, 2014), https://transition.fcc.gov/Daily_Releases/Daily_Business/2014/db0108/DOC-325039A1.pdf.
\36\ See generally 5 U.S.C. 601(4), (6).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
181. There are also 2,414 low power television stations, including
Class A stations and 4,046 television translator stations.\37\ Given
the nature of these services, we will presume that all of these
entities qualify as small entities under the above SBA small business
size standard.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\37\ See FCC News Release, Broadcast Station Totals as of
December 31, 2013 (rel. January 8, 2014), https://transition.fcc.gov/Daily_Releases/Daily_Business/2014/db0108/DOC-325039A1.pdf.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
182. Cable Television Distribution Services. Since 2007, these
services have been defined within the broad economic census category of
Wired Telecommunications Carriers; that category is defined as follows:
``This industry comprises establishments primarily engaged in operating
and/or providing access to transmission facilities and infrastructure
that they own and/or lease for the transmission of voice, data, text,
sound, and video using wired telecommunications networks. Transmission
facilities may be based on a single technology or a combination of
technologies.'' \38\ The SBA has developed a small business size
standard for this category, which is: All such firms having 1,500 or
fewer employees.\39\ Census data for 2007 shows that there were 3,188
firms that operated for the duration of that year.\40\ Of those, 3,144
had fewer than 1,000 employees, and 44 firms had more than 1,000
employees. Thus under this category and the associated small business
size standard, the majority of such firms can be considered small.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\38\ U.S. Census Bureau, 2012 NAICS Definitions: 517110 Wired
Telecommunications Carriers, https://www.census.gov/cgi-bin/sssd/naics/naicsrch?code=517110&search=2012 (last visited May 5, 2014).
\39\ U.S. Small Business Administration, Table of Small Business
Size Standards Matched to North American Industry Classification
System Codes, at 28 (2014), https://www.sba.gov/sites/default/files/files/size_table_01222014.pdf.
\40\ See U.S. Census Bureau, American FactFinder, 2007 Economic
Census of the United States, Table No. EC0751SSSZ5, Establishment
and Firm Size: Employment Size of Firms for the United States: 2007,
NAICS code 517110, https://factfinder2.census.gov/faces/tableservices/jsf/pages/productview.xhtml?pid=ECN_2007_US_51SSSZ5
(last visited May 7, 2014).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
183. Cable Companies and Systems. The Commission has also developed
its own small business size standards, for the purpose of cable rate
regulation. Under the Commission's rules, a ``small cable company'' is
one serving 400,000 or fewer subscribers, nationwide.\41\ Industry data
indicate that of approximately 1,100 cable operators nationwide, all
but ten are small under this size standard.\42\ In addition, under the
Commission's rules, a ``small system'' is a cable system serving 15,000
or fewer subscribers.\43\ Current Commission records show 4,945 cable
systems nationwide.\44\ Of this total, 4,380 cable systems have fewer
than 20,000 subscribers, and 565 systems have 20,000 or more
subscribers, based on the same records. Thus, under this standard, we
estimate that most cable systems are small entities.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\41\ 47 CFR 76.901(e). The Commission determined that this size
standard equates approximately to a size standard of $100 million or
less in annual revenues. Implementation of Sections of the 1992
Cable Act: Rate Regulation, Sixth Report and Order and Eleventh
Order on Reconsideration, 10 FCC Rcd 7393, 7408 (1995).
\42\ Industry Data, National Cable & Telecommunications
Association, https://www.ncta.com/industry-data (last visited May 6,
2014); R.R. Bowker, Broadcasting & Cable Yearbook 2010, ``Top 25
Cable/Satellite Operators,'' p. C-2 (data current as of December,
2008).
\43\ 47 CFR 76.901(c).
\44\ The number of active, registered cable systems comes from
the Commission's Cable Operations and Licensing System (COALS)
database on Aug. 28, 2013. A cable system is a physical system
integrated to a principal headend.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
184. Cable System Operators. The Communications Act of 1934, as
amended, also contains a size standard for small cable system
operators, which is ``a cable operator that, directly or through an
affiliate, serves in the aggregate fewer than 1 percent of all
subscribers in the United States and is not affiliated with any entity
or entities whose gross annual revenues in the aggregate exceed
$250,000,000.'' \45\ The Commission has determined that an operator
serving fewer than 677,000 subscribers shall be deemed a small
operator, if its annual revenues, when combined with the total annual
revenues of all its affiliates, do not exceed $250 million in the
aggregate.\46\ Industry data indicate that of approximately 1,100 cable
operators nationwide, all but ten are small under this size
standard.\47\ We note that the Commission neither requests nor collects
information on whether cable system operators are affiliated with
entities whose gross annual revenues exceed $250 million,\48\ and
therefore we are unable to estimate more accurately the number of cable
system operators that would qualify as small under this size standard.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\45\ 47 U.S.C. 543(m)(2); see 47 CFR 76.901(f) & nn. 1-3.
\46\ 47 CFR 76.901(f); see Public Notice, FCC Announces New
Subscriber Count for the Definition of Small Cable Operator, DA 01-
158 (Cable Services Bureau, Jan. 24, 2001).
\47\ R.R. Bowker, Broadcasting & Cable Yearbook 2006, ``Top 25
Cable/Satellite Operators,'' pages A-8 & C-2 (data current as of
June 30, 2005); Warren Communications News, Television & Cable
Factbook 2006, ``Ownership of Cable Systems in the United States,''
pp. D-1805 to D-1857.
\48\ The Commission does receive such information on a case-by-
case basis if a cable operator appeals a local franchise authority's
finding that the operator does not qualify as a small cable operator
pursuant to 76.901(f) of the Commission's rules. See 47 CFR
76.909(b).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
185. Direct Broadcast Satellite (``DBS'') Service. DBS service is a
nationally distributed subscription service that delivers video and
audio programming via satellite to a small parabolic ``dish'' antenna
at the
[[Page 69411]]
subscriber's location. DBS, by exception, is now included in the SBA's
broad economic census category, Wired Telecommunications Carriers,\49\
which was developed for small wireline firms. Under this category, the
SBA deems a wireline business to be small if it has 1,500 or fewer
employees.\50\ To gauge small business prevalence for the DBS service,
the Commission relies on data currently available from the U.S. Census
for the year 2007. According to that source, there were 3,188 firms
that in 2007 were Wired Telecommunications Carriers. Of these, 3,144
operated with less than 1,000 employees, and 44 operated with more than
1,000 employees. However, as to the latter 44 there is no data
available that shows how many operated with more than 1,500 employees.
Based on this data, the majority of these firms can be considered
small.\51\ Currently, only two entities provide DBS service, which
requires a great investment of capital for operation: DIRECTV and
EchoStar Communications Corporation (``EchoStar'') (marketed as the
DISH Network).\52\ Each currently offers subscription services. DIRECTV
\53\ and EchoStar \54\ each report annual revenues that are in excess
of the threshold for a small business. Because DBS service requires
significant capital, we believe it is unlikely that a small entity as
defined by the SBA would have the financial wherewithal to become a DBS
service provider.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\49\ See 13 CFR 121.201 (NAICS code 517110).
\50\ Id.
\51\ See U.S. Census Bureau, Table No. EC0751SSSZ5, Information:
Subject Series--Establishment and Firm Size: Employment Size of
Firms for the United States: 2007 (NAICS code 517110), https://factfinder2.census.gov/faces/tableservices/jsf/pages/productview.xhtml?pid=ECN_2007_US_51SSSZ5.
\52\ See Annual Assessment of the Status of Competition in the
Market for the Delivery of Video Programming, Fifteenth Annual
Report, MB Docket No. 12-203, 28 FCC Rcd 10496, 10507, para. 27
(2013) (``15th Annual Report'').
\53\ As of June 2012, DIRECTV is the largest DBS operator and
the second largest MVPD, serving an estimated 19.8% of MVPD
subscribers nationwide. See 15th Annual Report, 28 FCC Rcd at 687,
Table B-3.
\54\ As of June 2012, DISH Network is the second largest DBS
operator and the third largest MVPD, serving an estimated 13.01% of
MVPD subscribers nationwide. Id. As of June 2006, Dominion served
fewer than 500,000 subscribers, which may now be receiving ``Sky
Angel'' service from DISH Network. See id. at 581, para. 76.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
186. Cable and Other Subscription Programming. This industry
comprises establishments primarily engaged in operating studios and
facilities for the broadcasting of programs on a subscription or fee
basis. The broadcast programming is typically narrowcast in nature
(e.g., limited format, such as news, sports, education, or youth-
oriented). These establishments produce programming in their own
facilities or acquire programming. The programming material is usually
delivered to a third party, such as cable systems or direct-to-home
satellite systems, for transmission to viewers.\55\ The SBA size
standard for this industry establishes as small any company in this
category which receives annual receipts of $38.5 million or less.\56\
Based on U.S. Census data for 2007, a total of 659 establishments
operated for the entire year.\57\ Of that 659, 197 operated with annual
receipts of $10 million or more. The remaining 462 establishments
operated with annual receipts of less than $10 million. Based on this
data, the Commission estimates that the majority of establishments
operating in this industry are small.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\55\ U.S. Census Bureau, 2012 NAICS Definitions: 515210 Cable
and Other Subscription Programming, https://www.census.gov/cgi-bin/sssd/naics/naicsrch?code=515210&search=2012 (last visited Mar. 6,
2014).
\56\ See 13 CFR 121.201 (NAICS code 515210).
\57\ See U.S. Census Bureau, Table No. EC0751SSSZ1, Information:
Subject Series--Establishment and Firm Size: Receipts Size of
Establishments for the United States: 2007 (NAICS code 515210),
https://factfinder2.census.gov/faces/tableservices/jsf/pages/productview.xhtml?pid=ECN_2007_US_51SSSZ1.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
187. Radio and Television Broadcasting and Wireless Communications
Equipment Manufacturing. The Census Bureau defines this category as
follows: ``This industry comprises establishments primarily engaged in
manufacturing radio and television broadcast and wireless
communications equipment. Examples of products made by these
establishments are: Transmitting and receiving antennas, cable
television equipment, GPS equipment, pagers, cellular phones, mobile
communications equipment, and radio and television studio and
broadcasting equipment.'' \58\ The SBA has developed a small business
size standard for Radio and Television Broadcasting and Wireless
Communications Equipment Manufacturing, which is: All such firms having
750 or fewer employees.\59\ According to Census Bureau data for 2007,
there were a total of 939 establishments in this category that operated
for part or all of the entire year. Of this total, 912 had less than
500 employees and 17 had more than 1000 employees.\60\ Thus, under that
size standard, the majority of firms can be considered small.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\58\ U.S. Census Bureau, 2012 NAICS Definitions: 334220 Radio
and Television Broadcasting and Wireless Communications Equipment
Manufacturing, https://www.census.gov/cgi-bin/sssd/naics/naicsrch?code=334220&search=2012 (last visited Mar. 6, 2014).
\59\ 13 CFR 121.201 (NAICS code 334220).
\60\ See U.S. Census Bureau, Table No. EC0731SG3, Manufacturing:
Summary Series: General Summary: Industry Statistics for Subsectors
and Industries by Employment Size: 2007 (NAICS code 334220), https://factfinder2.census.gov/faces/tableservices/jsf/pages/productview.xhtml?pid=ECN_2007_US_31SG3.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
188. Audio and Video Equipment Manufacturing. The SBA has
classified the manufacturing of audio and video equipment under in
NAICS Codes classification scheme as an industry in which a
manufacturer is small if it has fewer than 750 employees.\61\ Data
contained in the 2007 U.S. Census indicate that 492 establishments
operated in that industry for all or part of that year. In that year,
488 establishments had fewer than 500 employees; and only 1 had more
than 1000 employees.\62\ Thus, under the applicable size standard, a
majority of manufacturers of audio and video equipment may be
considered small.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\61\ 13 CFR 121.201 (NAICS code 334310).
\62\ See U.S. Census Bureau, Table No. EC0731SG3, Manufacturing:
Summary Series: General Summary: Industry Statistics for Subsectors
and Industries by Employment Size: 2007 (NAICS code 334310), https://factfinder2.census.gov/faces/tableservices/jsf/pages/productview.xhtml?pid=ECN_2007_US_31SG3.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
189. Wireless Telecommunications Carriers (except satellite). The
Census Bureau defines this category as follows: ``This industry
comprises establishments engaged in operating and maintaining switching
and transmission facilities to provide communications via the airwaves.
Establishments in this industry have spectrum licenses and provide
services using that spectrum, such as cellular phone services, paging
services, wireless Internet access, and wireless video services.'' \63\
The appropriate size standard under SBA rules is for the category
Wireless Telecommunications Carriers (except Satellite). The size
standard for that category is that a business is small if it has 1,500
or fewer employees.\64\ For this category, census data for 2007 show
that there were 1,383 firms that operated for the entire year.\65\ Of
this total, 1,368 firms had employment of 999 or fewer employees and 15
had employment of
[[Page 69412]]
1000 employees or more.\66\ Similarly, according to Commission data,
413 carriers reported that they were engaged in the provision of
wireless telephony, including cellular service, PCS, and Specialized
Mobile Radio (``SMR'') Telephony services.\67\ Of these, an estimated
261 have 1,500 or fewer employees and 152 have more than 1,500
employees.\68\ Consequently, the Commission estimates that
approximately half or more of these firms can be considered small.
Thus, using available data, we estimate that the majority of wireless
firms can be considered small.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\63\ U.S. Census Bureau, 2012 NAICS Definitions: 517210 Wireless
Telecommunications Carriers (except Satellite), https://www.census.gov/cgi-bin/sssd/naics/naicsrch?code=517210&search=2012
(last visited Mar. 6, 2014).
\64\ 13 CFR 121.201 (NAICS code 517210).
\65\ U.S. Census Bureau, Table No. EC0751SSSZ5, Information:
Subject Series--Establishment and Firm Size: Employment Size of
Firms for the United States: 2007 (NAICS code 517210), https://factfinder2.census.gov/faces/tableservices/jsf/pages/productview.xhtml?pid=ECN_2007_US_51SSSZ5.
\66\ Id. Available census data do not provide a more precise
estimate of the number of firms that have employment of 1,500 or
fewer employees; the largest category provided is for firms with
1000 employees or more.
\67\ See Trends in Telephone Service at Table 5.3.
\68\ See id.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
190. Manufacturers of Unlicensed Devices. In the context of this
FRFA, manufacturers of Part 15 unlicensed devices that are operated in
the UHF-TV band (channels 14-51) for wireless data transfer fall into
the category of Radio and Television and Wireless Communications
Equipment Manufacturing. The Census Bureau defines this category as
follows: ``This industry comprises establishments primarily engaged in
manufacturing radio and television broadcast and wireless
communications equipment. Examples of products made by these
establishments are: Transmitting and receiving antennas, cable
television equipment, GPS equipment, pagers, cellular phones, mobile
communications equipment, and radio and television studio and
broadcasting equipment.'' \69\ The SBA has developed the small business
size standard for this category as firms having 750 or fewer
employees.\70\ According to Census Bureau data for 2007, there were a
total of 939 establishments in this category that operated for the
entire year.\71\ Of this total, 912 had less than 500 employees and 17
had more than 1000 employees. Thus, under that size standard, the
majority of firms can be considered small.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\69\ U.S. Census Bureau, 2012 NAICS Definitions: 334220 Radio
and Television Broadcasting and Wireless Communications Equipment
Manufacturing, https://www.census.gov/cgi-bin/sssd/naics/naicsrch?code=334220&search=2012 (last visited Mar. 6, 2014).
\70\ 13 CFR 121.201 (NAICS code 334220).
\71\ U.S. Census Bureau, Table No. EC0731SG3, Manufacturing:
Summary Series: General Summary: Industry Statistics for Subsectors
and Industries by Employment Size: 2007 (NAICS code 334220), https://factfinder2.census.gov/faces/tableservices/jsf/pages/productview.xhtml?pid=ECN_2007_US_31SG3.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
191. Personal Radio Services/Wireless Medical Telemetry Service
(``WMTS''). Personal radio services provide short-range, low power
radio for personal communications, radio signaling, and business
communications not provided for in other services. The Personal Radio
Services include spectrum licensed under part 95 of our rules.\72\
These services include Citizen Band Radio Service (``CB''), General
Mobile Radio Service (``GMRS''), Radio Control Radio Service (``R/C''),
Family Radio Service (``FRS''), Wireless Medical Telemetry Service
(``WMTS''), Medical Implant Communications Service (``MICS''), Low
Power Radio Service (``LPRS''), and Multi-Use Radio Service
(``MURS'').\73\ There are a variety of methods used to license the
spectrum in these rule parts, from licensing by rule, to conditioning
operation on successful completion of a required test, to site-based
licensing, to geographic area licensing. Under the RFA, the Commission
is required to make a determination of which small entities are
directly affected by the rules adopted. Since all such entities are
wireless, we apply the definition of Wireless Telecommunications
Carriers (except Satellite), pursuant to which a small entity is
defined as employing 1,500 or fewer persons.\74\ For this category,
census data for 2007 show that there were 1,383 firms that operated for
the entire year.\75\ Of this total, 1,368 firms had employment of 999
or fewer employees and 15 had employment of 1000 employees or more.\76\
Thus under this category and the associated small business size
standard, the Commission estimates that the majority of personal radio
service and WMTS providers are small entities.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\72\ 47 CFR part 95.
\73\ The Citizens Band Radio Service, General Mobile Radio
Service, Radio Control Radio Service, Family Radio Service, Wireless
Medical Telemetry Service, Medical Implant Communications Service,
Low Power Radio Service, and Multi-Use Radio Service are governed by
subpart D, subpart A, subpart C, subpart B, subpart H, subpart I,
subpart G, and subpart J, respectively, of part 95 of the
Commission's rules. See generally 47 CFR part 95.
\74\ 13 CFR 121.201 (NAICS Code 517210).
\75\ U.S. Census Bureau, Table No. EC0751SSSZ5, Information:
Subject Series--Establishment and Firm Size: Employment Size of
Firms for the United States: 2007 (NAICS code 517210), https://factfinder2.census.gov/faces/tableservices/jsf/pages/productview.xhtml?pid=ECN_2007_US_51SSSZ5.
\76\ Id. Available census data do not provide a more precise
estimate of the number of firms that have employment of 1,500 or
fewer employees; the largest category provided is for firms with
1000 employees or more.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
192. However, we note that many of the licensees in these services
are individuals, and thus are not small entities. In addition, due to
the mostly unlicensed and shared nature of the spectrum utilized in
many of these services, the Commission lacks direct information upon
which to base a more specific estimation of the number of small
entities under an SBA definition that might be directly affected by our
action.
193. Motion Picture and Video Production. The Census Bureau defines
this category as follows: ``This industry comprises establishments
primarily engaged in producing, or producing and distributing motion
pictures, videos, television programs, or television commercials.''
\77\ The SBA has developed a small business size standard for this
category, which is: all such businesses having $30 million dollars or
less in annual receipts.\78\ Census data for 2007 show that there were
9,478 establishments that operated that year.\79\ Of that number, 9,128
had annual receipts of $24,999,999 or less, and 350 had annual receipts
ranging from not less than $25,000,000 to $100,000,000 or more.\80\
Thus, under this size standard, the majority of such businesses can be
considered small entities.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\77\ U.S. Census Bureau, 2012 NAICS Definitions: 512110 Motion
Picture and Video Production, https://www.census.gov/cgi-bin/sssd/naics/naicsrch?code=512110&search=2012 (last visited Mar. 6, 2014).
\78\ 13 CFR 121.201, 2012 NAICS code 512110.
\79\ U.S. Census Bureau, Table No. EC0751SSSZ5, Information:
Subject Series--Establishment and Firm Size: Employment Size of
Firms for the United States: 2007 (NAICS code 512110), https://factfinder2.census.gov/faces/tableservices/jsf/pages/productview.xhtml?pid=ECN_2007_US_51SSSZ5.
\80\ See id.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
194. Radio Broadcasting. The SBA defines a radio broadcast station
as a small business if such station has no more than $38.5 million in
annual receipts.\81\ Business concerns included in this industry are
those ``primarily engaged in broadcasting aural programs by radio to
the public.'' \82\ According to review of the BIA Publications, Inc.
Master Access Radio Analyzer Database as of November 26, 2013, about
11,331 (or about 99.9 percent) of 11,341 commercial radio stations have
revenues of $35.5 million or less and thus qualify as small entities
under the SBA definition. The Commission notes, however, that, in
assessing whether a business concern qualifies as small under the above
definition, business (control) affiliations \83\ must be included. This
estimate, therefore, likely
[[Page 69413]]
overstates the number of small entities that might be affected, because
the revenue figure on which it is based does not include or aggregate
revenues from affiliated companies.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\81\ 13 CFR 121.201, 2012 NAICS code 515112.
\82\ U.S. Census Bureau, 2012 NAICS Definitions: 515112 Radio
Broadcasting, https://www.census.gov/cgi-bin/sssd/naics/naicsrch?code=515112&search=2012 (last visited Mar. 6, 2014).
\83\ See n.14.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
195. In addition, an element of the definition of ``small
business'' is that the entity not be dominant in its field of
operation. The Commission is unable at this time to define or quantify
the criteria that would establish whether a specific radio station is
dominant in its field of operation. Accordingly, the estimate of small
businesses to which rules may apply does not exclude any radio station
from the definition of a small business on this basis and therefore may
be over-inclusive to that extent. Also, as noted, an additional element
of the definition of ``small business'' is that the entity must be
independently owned and operated. The Commission notes that it is
difficult at times to assess these criteria in the context of media
entities and the estimates of small businesses to which they apply may
be over-inclusive to this extent.
196. Radio, Television, and Other Electronics Stores. The Census
Bureau defines this economic census category as follows: ``This U.S.
industry comprises: (1) Establishments known as consumer electronics
stores primarily engaged in retailing a general line of new consumer-
type electronic products such as televisions, computers, and cameras;
(2) establishments specializing in retailing a single line of consumer-
type electronic products; (3) establishments primarily engaged in
retailing these new electronic products in combination with repair and
support services; (4) establishments primarily engaged in retailing new
prepackaged computer software; and/or (5) establishments primarily
engaged in retailing prerecorded audio and video media, such as CDs,
DVDs, and tapes.'' \84\ The SBA has developed a small business size
standard for Electronic Stores, which is: All such firms having $32.5
million or less in annual receipts.\85\ According to Census Bureau data
for 2007, there were 11,358 firms in this category that operated for
the entire year.\86\ Of this total, 11,323 firms had annual receipts of
under $25 million, and 35 firms had receipts of $25 million or more but
less than $50 million.\87\ Thus, the majority of firms in this category
can be considered small.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\84\ U.S. Census Bureau, 2012 NAICS Definitions, 443142
Electronics,https://www.census.gov/cgi-bin/sssd/naics/naicsrch?code=443142&search=2012 NAICS Search (last visited May 6,
2014).
\85\ 13 CFR 121.201, NAICS code 443142.
\86\ U.S. Census Bureau, 2007 Economic Census, Subject Series:
Retail Trade, Estab & Firm Size: Summary Statistics by Sales Size of
Firms for the United States: 2007, NAICS code 443142 (released
2010), https://www2.census.gov/econ2007/EC/sector44/EC0744SSSZ4.zip
(last visited May 7, 2014). Though the current small business size
standard for electronic store receipts is $30 million or less in
annual receipts, in 2007 the small business size standard was $9
million or less in annual receipts. In 2007, there were 11,214 firms
in this category that operated for the entire year. Of this total,
10,963 firms had annual receipts of under $5 million, and 251 firms
had receipts of $5 million or more but less than $10 million. Id.
\87\ Id. An additional 33 firms had annual receipts of $50
million or more.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
Description of Projected Reporting, Recordkeeping, and Other Compliance
Requirements
197. Use of databases. The NPRM seeks comment on the use of use of
databases. Wireless microphone technologies today do not use a database
as a mechanism for indicating to the wireless microphone user that
particular frequencies in a particular area were available, such as at
particular locations that were not being used by other users with
priority over the wireless microphone users. White space devices
operating in the TV bands must access a database to determine that
spectrum is available for their operations and that they would not
potentially be interfering with other users at specified locations and
times.\88\ Would wireless microphone systems potentially benefit from
the ability to access to a database? Could requiring use of a database
for gaining access to spectrum in a particular band or identifying
particular locations and times where they may operate without causing
interference to other users in the band help to mitigate or eliminate
the concerns of other users in the band that wireless microphone
operations might cause harmful interference to these other users? What
might be the costs and benefits of developing and using a database, and
would these differ depending on the needs of particular types of
wireless microphone users?
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\88\ 47 CFR 15.711(b)(3).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
198. Use of other technologies that promote opportunities to access
additional spectrum. We seek comment on other technological
advancements that could promote greater opportunities for wireless
microphones to share use of spectrum in different bands.
199. Are there technological advances that are currently available
or contemplated that better enable wireless microphones to adjust
dynamically to a particular interference environment, either
automatically or through coordination, to promote more efficient use
among the wireless microphones or among wireless microphones and other
users in the band? For instance, could devices that include
sophisticated dynamic power variability capabilities help promote more
intensive use of the spectrum resource in a given area? Would these
more dynamic capabilities enable wireless microphones to vary or adjust
power levels to minimize or eliminate interference to other users in a
particular setting, or facilitate more re-use of the available
spectrum? We invite comment on whether technological advances along
these lines could both facilitate more efficient use of the spectrum
while also helping to ensure that they do not cause harmful
interference to other users of the spectrum.
200. Are there particular technologies, such as an ``electronic
key'' or similar mechanism, that would ensure that a wireless
microphone device be able to access and operate only on particular
frequencies at particular locations and times, but nowhere else, thus
eliminating the potential for harmful interference to other users (such
as other users with primary or superior spectrum rights are
particularly sensitive to harmful interference) and by so doing provide
additional opportunities for wireless microphone operations in bands?
\89\ Are there other approaches that would effectively limit wireless
microphone operation to particular locations, thus protecting other
operators from harmful interference? We seek broad comment on the
development and use of these types of mechanisms and the tradeoffs or
practicalities associated with them. Are there particular scenarios or
bands in which use of these mechanisms could provide additional
opportunities to access spectrum?
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\89\ See Section III.C.8, above (discussion of use of an
electronic key when accessing the 1.4 GHz band).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
201. Other technological advances. Are there other technological
advancements that could help to ensure that the various different
wireless microphone users' needs are accommodated over the longer term?
What are they? Are there actions the Commission should take to promote
these developments so that they occur in a timely fashion?
202. In this proceeding, the Commission invites comment on
potential revisions to the existing rules for Part 74 wireless
microphone (and other LPAS) operations in the spectrum that will remain
allocated for TV services following the repacking process.
Specifically, we invite comment on revisions to the technical rules for
LPAS operations on the VHF
[[Page 69414]]
band; on permitting licensed LPAS operations on channels in locations
closer to the television stations (including within the DTV contour),
without the need for coordination, provided that the television signal
falls below specified technical thresholds; on adoption of the ETSI
emission mask standard for analog and digital wireless microphones; and
general comment on other potential revisions concerning licensed LPAS
operations in the TV bands.
203. Consumer Education and Outreach. We seek comment on the
consumer education and outreach efforts that should be employed to
educate wireless microphone users, particularly unlicensed users
operating in the repurposed 600 MHz band. Our goals are to make
information available so users are aware that they must cease operating
their wireless microphones on the repurposed 600 MHz Band no later than
the end of the transition period (i.e., 39 months after the release of
the Channel Reassignment PN); to set in motion a process so they are
aware of relevant factors concerning the operation of wireless
microphones that are currently in use; and to establish a means for
users to locate additional spectrum and equipment for their operations.
A successful consumer education and outreach campaign will involve the
Commission staff working with a broad group of interested entities,
including wireless microphone manufacturers, wireless microphones
users, and user representatives.
204. Given that a portion of the UHF spectrum that is currently
used and available for wireless microphone operations may no longer be
available following the incentive auction,\90\ we seek comment on how
wireless microphone users can be provided access to information on the
specific frequencies and the geographic areas of repurposed spectrum
that will no longer be available for wireless microphone use at the end
of the transition. What specific information should be provided to
wireless microphone users to ensure that they know the requirements for
operating in the repurposed spectrum during the transition period and
the need to exit the band by the end of the transition? Although the
Channel Reassignment PN will provide information on the spectrum that
will be repurposed and no longer available for wireless
microphones,\91\ we first seek comment on what steps can be taken to
provide wireless microphone users with information on the transition
prior to the auction. For example, we seek comment on whether
explanations could be provided on the Commission's Web site and on the
Web sites of manufacturers that would explain the steps required under
the Commission's rules to vacate the repurposed 600 MHz Band, and any
information on alternative spectrum that is currently available outside
of this spectrum, as well any additional spectrum bands that may become
available for wireless microphone operations beyond those already
provided for in the rules.\92\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\90\ Incentive Auction R&O, 29 FCC Rcd 6704-05 para. 316.
\91\ In addition to initiating the 39-month transition period,
the Channel Reassignment PN will identify the new channel
assignments for full power and Class A television stations that have
been reassigned to different channels resulting from the incentive
auction and the repacking process. See Incentive Auction R&O, 29 FCC
Rcd at 6782 para. 525.
\92\ Elsewhere in the NPRM, we seek comment on whether a number
of other spectrum bands should be allocated for wireless microphone
use. See Sections III.C.5, III.C.8, and III C.10, above.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
205. What other means should be employed to provide wireless
microphone users notice of the repurposed spectrum that will be
assigned to new wireless licensees, including the specific frequencies
in the UHF spectrum and the geographic locations that will no longer be
available for wireless microphone operations? We seek comment on
whether it would it be beneficial for wireless microphone users to have
access to a database that identifies spectrum in the repurposed 600 MHz
Band. For example, should some form of online mapping tool be made
available to allow users to enter the location and operating
frequencies of a wireless microphone and determine whether it operates
in the repurposed 600 MHz Band? In the event that a database or similar
approach is adopted, we seek comment on who should be responsible for
developing and maintaining (hosting) it, including who should be
responsible for its cost. Commenters should provide quantitative and
qualitative data on costs and benefits of their proposals.
206. Further, should the Commission work with wireless microphone
manufacturers to obtain information on models of wireless microphones
that the Commission could list on its Web site? For example, this
information could include a list all models of wireless microphones
sold in the U.S., and all wireless microphone models that operate in
the repurposed 600 MHz Band, as well as where on the device or in its
product literature the user could look to determine the frequencies on
which it is capable of operating.\93\ We seek comment on whether making
this type of information publically available would help to facilitate
a smooth transition from the 600 MHz Band.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\93\ As part of the transition of wireless microphones from the
700 MHz band, the Commission made available a list of many wireless
microphones that operated on the 700 MHz band, as provided by a
number of manufacturers. See https://www.fcc.gov/encyclopedia/wireless-microphones-manufacturers-equipment-list. Wireless
microphone users could look at this information and determine if
their devices were 700 MHz wireless microphones and thus could not
be used after the transition deadline, or given information to
contact the Commission for additional assistance if the manufacturer
of their devices was not listed.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
207. In addition to steps that may involve manufacturers, we seek
comment on what steps other parties associated with the sale and
operation of wireless microphones may be able to take to provide users
with information relevant to the transition. These other parties may
include: Wireless microphone distributors and retailers; parties that
lease or manage wireless microphones; trade associations and user
groups, including those that have participated in Commission
proceedings concerning wireless microphones; organizations that host
Web sites and publish information that addresses wireless microphone
operations and use or are reasonably expected to have significant
numbers of wireless microphone users among their members and readers;
and engineering and industry associations or other groups with members
that use or operate wireless microphones. Involvement in education and
outreach by these parties will be essential, given users' investment in
wireless microphone equipment and the upcoming changes regarding
wireless microphone use, including the requirement that they vacate the
600 MHz Band. Further, it is important that education and outreach
extend to information concerning any newly-allocated spectrum for
wireless microphone operations and the potential for users to opt for a
suite of wireless microphones operating in different spectrum bands and
with different capabilities, depending on the user's specific
requirements. We note that wireless microphone users can encompass a
wide range of entities, including both licensed and unlicensed users,
and parties with differing levels of wireless microphone needs and
expertise covering many different applications. Based on these
considerations, it is likely that the need for information on the
various spectrum bands that will be available for wireless microphone
operations, and the conditions specific to each, will be vital. We seek
comment on these matters, and on what steps can be taken to assure
[[Page 69415]]
that the information to educate users on the transition will be
commensurate with the appropriate needs and levels of expertise of all
users.
208. The Commission seeks comment on what additional information we
should make available for wireless microphone users, including
Commission-issued consumer ``fact sheets'' and ``frequently asked
questions'' (``FAQ's'') which would address, among other matters,
information on operation in the 600 MHz Band, the reason for the need
to operate on frequencies outside of that band following the
transition, the availability of other frequency bands for wireless
microphone use, and the need to comply with Commission rules. We
further seek comment on how to release or distribute these materials in
order to most effectively and efficiently reach the target audience of
wireless microphone users.
209. The Commission seeks comment on the specific actions that
wireless microphone manufacturers, distributors, retailers and other
entities comprising the wireless microphone community should take to
inform the wide range of wireless microphone users about the ongoing
developments concerning wireless microphone use--particularly the need
to vacate the repurposed 600 MHz Band, the timetable for doing so, and
the conditions for operating in the band during the transition period.
We seek comment on whether and to what extent these entities can make
this type of information available, including, as appropriate, by
posting it on their Web sites, including it in all sales literature, or
taking other steps to inform current or potential wireless microphone
users of matters concerning the operation of their devices. We also
seek comment on whether manufacturers would consider rebates, equipment
trade-ins, or similar programs to facilitate the transition, and what
effect the 39-month transition period would have on a decision to
implement such a program. In addition, we seek comment on the economic
costs and benefits of adopting consumer outreach measures.
210. Disclosure Requirements. The Commission proposes to revise our
point-of-sale disclosure requirement that the Commission adopted in the
Wireless Microphone Report and Order in order to provide information to
wireless microphone users that may have to purchase or lease new
equipment so that they can vacate the repurposed 600 MHz Band. In the
TV Bands Wireless Microphones Report and Order, the Commission adopted
a point-of-sale requirement to help assure that consumers were informed
of their rights and obligations if they chose to operate wireless
microphones and other low power auxiliary stations in the core TV bands
(defined in the rule as channels 2-51, excluding channel 37).\94\
Specifically, the Commission adopted a requirement for manufacturers
and distributors of wireless microphones that operate in the core TV
bands to provide a written disclosure informing consumers of the
requirements for operating devices in that spectrum and to display the
disclosure at the point of sale and on their Web sites.\95\ The
Commission also provided that persons who manufacture or market
wireless microphones destined for export and capable of operating in
the 700 MHz Band must include labeling stating that the devices cannot
be used in the United States.\96\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\94\ See TV Bands Wireless Microphones R&O, 25 FCC Rcd at 687-
691 paras. 91-106.
\95\ See TV Bands Wireless Microphone R&O, 25 FCC Rcd at 688-689
para. 96; 47 CFR 15.216. The required disclosure states: ``Most
users do not need a license to operate this wireless microphone
system. Nevertheless, operating this microphone system without a
license is subject to certain restrictions: The system may not cause
harmful interference; it must operate at a low power level (not in
excess of 50 milliwatts); and it has no protection from interference
received from any other device. Purchasers should also be aware that
the FCC is currently evaluating use of wireless microphone systems,
and these rules are subject to change. For more information, call
the FCC at 1-888-CALL-FCC (TTY: 1-888-TELL-FCC) or visit the FCC's
wireless microphone Web site at https://www.fcc.gov/cgb/wirelessmicrophones.'' See 47 CFR 15.216, Appendix. The Commission
noted that manufacturers and distributors could satisfy the
disclosure requirement in more than one way, including by displaying
the text in a prominent manner on the product box via a label or
sticker; displaying the text immediately adjacent to the device in a
manner clearly associated with the device; and, for wireless
microphones offered online or via direct mail or catalog, displaying
the text in close proximity to the images and descriptions of each
wireless microphone. See TV Bands Wireless Microphones Report and
Order, 25 FCC Rcd at 689 para. 100.
\96\ See TV Bands Wireless Microphones R&O, 25 FCC Rcd at 666
para. 43; see also 47 CFR 74.851(h). In the TV Bands Wireless
Microphones FNPRM, the Commission also sought comment on whether to
adopt labeling and other marketing restrictions to help ensure that
devices certificated as low power auxiliary stations under part 74
were marketed only to parties eligible for a part 74 license. In
particular, the Commission sought comment on whether to require
manufacturers to direct marketing of part 74-certificated devices
only to parties eligible to operate them; whether to require
manufacturers to track the parties to whom their products are
marketed; whether to require manufacturers to provide a label
visible at the time of purchase or instructions in the user manual
advising purchasers of the requirement to obtain a license; and
whether to prohibit manufacturers and distributors from selling
devices certificated under Part 74 unless the sale is to a party
that has committed in writing that it is a bona fide reseller or
eligible for a license under Part 74. See TV Bands Wireless
Microphones FNPRM, 25 FCC Rcd at 701-702 paras. 141-144.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
211. We propose to revise the existing point-of-sale disclosure
requirement in order to facilitate a smoother transition in which
wireless microphone users are informed of the need to vacate the
repurposed 600 MHz Band, while fully understanding their rights and
obligations during the transition period and at the end of the
transition period. With regard to sales of wireless microphones that
are capable of operating in repurposed spectrum, we propose to require
that such sales include point-of-sale disclosures that inform buyers
that they are buying a microphone that cannot be used in certain
frequencies following the transition. We also seek comment on how
point-of-sale disclosures could be designed to effectively address any
ban on manufacturing and marketing of wireless microphones that are
capable of operating in the repurposed 600 MHz Band.\97\ We propose
that the revised point-of-sale disclosures should direct buyers to the
manufacturer's toll free telephone number or the manufacturer's Web
site where the buyer can obtain more detailed information on the extent
to which the microphone may be affected by repurposing of 600 MHz Band.
Should we retain the existing language in the point-of-sale disclosure
requirement that includes the Commission's toll free number and the
Commission's Web site where users can obtain additional information on
the operation of wireless microphones during the transition period and
after the transition period? What other information should be included
in the disclosure?
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\97\ See infra Section III.C.1.b(iii).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
212. We propose that the effective date for any disclosure
requirement, including a point-of-sale requirement, which we may adopt
in connection with this or a related proceeding, shall be 12 months
after the release of the Channel Reassignment PN--which will mark the
effective date of channel reassignments based on the repacking process,
specify any specific channel assignments for television stations that
will continue to broadcast, and start the clock running on the post-
auction transition period--or should some other date be used instead?
We seek comment on the particular factors that should enter into this
determination. We note that in adopting the current disclosure
requirement, the Commission stated that it would remain in effect until
the effective date of the final rules adopted in response to the 2010
TV Bands Wireless Microphones FNPRM.\98\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\98\ See TV Bands Wireless Microphones FNPRM, 25 FCC Rcd at 689
para. 100.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
[[Page 69416]]
E. Steps Taken To Minimize Significant Economic Impact on Small
Entities, and Significant Alternatives Considered
213. The RFA requires an agency to describe any significant
alternatives that it has considered in reaching its proposed approach,
which may include the following four alternatives (among others): (1)
The establishment of differing compliance or reporting requirements or
timetables that take into account the resources available to small
entities; (2) the clarification, consolidation, or simplification of
compliance or reporting requirements under the rule for small entities;
(3) the use of performance, rather than design, standards; and (4) an
exemption from coverage of the rule, or any part thereof, for small
entities.\99\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\99\ See 5 U.S.C. 603(c).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
214. In the NPRM we request comment on whether, apart from
establishing such a TV signal threshold, we should adopt any other
safeguards to ensure that licensed wireless microphone operators comply
with this threshold and do not otherwise cause harmful interference to
TV reception. We note at the outset that because we would limit these
types of operations to licensed wireless microphone users, we would
expect such users to have the requisite wireless microphone systems, as
well as technical and operational abilities, to be able to determine
the level of the co-channel TV signals at a given location, and thus
would be able to comply with any threshold rule that we adopted. Is
this a reasonable expectation? To what extent would a wireless
microphone operations require a low TV signal to be able operate
effectively on a co-channel basis? Should we require licensed wireless
microphone users to register their co-channel operations in the TV
bands databases, which could provide information to any television
licensee concerned about possible harmful interference? Are there other
actions we should take?
215. As an alternative approach, the Commission seeks comment on
whether it should permit co-channel licensed wireless microphone
operations in indoor venues, such as in theaters or music auditoriums.
Could an appropriate approach towards indoor operations be developed
that would also effectively preclude harmful interference to any
potential TV viewers at indoor locations? For instance, could certain
locations be readily identified where wireless microphone operations
can be permitted, provided of course that they are operated consistent
with applicable technical requirements, including power limits and out-
of-bound emissions requirements? Or, considering that in order to
operate effectively wireless microphones need access to channels that
are sufficiently interference-free, is it reasonable to expect that co-
channel wireless microphone operations would only take place in indoor
locations on channels with relatively low or effectively non-existent
TV signal, and thus conclude that such operations would not be likely
to effectively harm TV viewers? Some commenters in the incentive
auction proceeding suggested that such operations may already take
place without incident.\100\ As we explore this approach, the
Commission seeks comment on the benefits or downsides of allowing
licensed wireless microphone operations at indoor locations, or at
specified types of indoor locations. We ask that commenters provide any
technical analysis bases for their recommendations.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\100\ See, e.g., Sennheiser Reply Comments (Docket No. 12-268)
at 18.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
216. We also invite comment on other approaches that we should take
on expanding wireless microphone operations on a co-channel basis
closer to television station operations. Again, commenters proposing
any alternative approaches should provide technical analyses to support
their approaches, and discuss the benefits of such an approach and how
their approaches would not cause harmful interference to channels that
would be used for wireless microphone operations.
F. Federal Rules That May Duplicate, Overlap, or Conflict With the
Proposed Rule
217. None.
Congressional Review Act
218. The Commission will send a copy of the Notice of Proposed
Rulemaking to Congress and the Government Accountability Office
pursuant to the Congressional Review Act, see 5 U.S.C. 801(a)(1)(A).
Ordering Clauses
219. Pursuant to sections 1, 4(i), 7(a), 301, 303(f), 303(g),
303(r), 307(e) and 332 of the Communications Act of 1934, as amended,
47 U.S.C. 151, 154(i), 157(a), 301, 303(f), 303(g), 303(r), 307(e), and
332, the Notice of Proposed Rulemaking is adopted.
220. The Commission's Consumer and Governmental Affairs Bureau,
Reference Information Center, shall send a copy of the Notice of
Proposed Rule Making, including the Initial Regulatory Flexibility
Analysis to the Chief Counsel for Advocacy of the Small Business
Administration.
List of Subjects in 47 CFR part 74
Communications equipment, Education, Reporting and recordkeeping
requirements.
Federal Communications Commission.
Marlene H. Dortch,
Secretary.
For the reasons discussed in the preamble, the Federal
Communications Commission proposes to amend 47 CFR part 74 to read as
follows:
PART 74--EXPERIMENTAL RADIO, AUXILIARY, SPECIAL BROADCAST AND OTHER
PROGRAM DISTRIBUTIONAL SERVICES
Subpart H--Low Power Auxiliary Stations
0
1. The authority citation for part 74 continues to read as follows:
Authority: 47 U.S.C. 154, 302a, 303, 307, 309, 336 and 554.
0
2. Section 74.801 is amended by adding the definition for ``Repurposed
600 MHz Band'' in alphabetical order to read as follows:
Sec. 74.801 Definitions.
* * * * *
Repurposed 600 MHz Band. Frequencies that will be reallocated and
reassigned for part 27 600 MHz Band services as determined by the
outcome of the auction conducted pursuant to Expanding the Economic and
Innovation Opportunities of Spectrum Through Incentive Auctions, Report
and Order, GN Docket No. 12-268 (FCC 14-50), 29 FCC 6567 (2014).
* * * * *
0
3. Section 74.832 is amended by revising paragraph (d) to read as
follows:
Sec. 74.832 Licensing Requirements and procedures.
* * * * *
(d) Cable television operations, motion picture and television
program producers, large venue owners or operators, and professional
sound companies may be authorized to operate low power auxiliary
stations in the bands allocated for TV broadcasting and in the 944-952
MHz band.
* * * * *
0
4. Section 74.851 is amended by revising the section heading and
paragraph (i), and adding paragraphs (j) through (l) to read as
follows:
[[Page 69417]]
Sec. 74.851 Certification of equipment; prohibition on manufacture,
import, sale, lease, offer for sale or lease, or shipment of devices
that operate in the 700 MHz Band or the 600 MHz Band; labeling for 700
MHz or 600 MHz band equipment destined for non-U.S. markets;
disclosures.
* * * * *
(i) Effective nine months after the release of the Commission's
Channel Reassignment Public Notice issued pursuant to Expanding the
Economic and Innovation Opportunities of Spectrum Through Incentive
Auctions, Report and Order, GN Docket No. 12-268 (FCC 14-50), 29 FCC
6567 (2014), certification may no longer be obtained for low power
auxiliary stations or wireless video assist devices that are capable of
operating in the repurposed 600 MHz band as defined in Sec. 74.801.
(j) Effective eighteen months after the release of the Commission's
Channel Reassignment Public Notice issued pursuant to Expanding the
Economic and Innovation Opportunities of Spectrum Through Incentive
Auctions, Report and Order, GN Docket No. 12-268 (FCC 14-50), 29 FCC
6567 (2014), no person shall manufacture, import, sell, lease, offer
for sale or lease, or ship low power auxiliary stations or wireless
video assist devices that are capable of operating in the repurposed
600 MHz band as defined in Sec. 74.801. This prohibition does not
apply to devices manufactured solely for export.
(k) Effective eighteen months after the release of the Commission's
Channel Reassignment Public Notice issued pursuant to Expanding the
Economic and Innovation Opportunities of Spectrum Through Incentive
Auctions, Report and Order, GN Docket No. 12-268 (FCC 14-50), 29 FCC
6567 (2014), any person who manufactures, sells, leases, or offers for
sale or lease low power auxiliary stations or wireless video assist
devices that are destined for non-U.S. markets and that are capable of
operating in the repurposed 600 MHz band as defined in Sec. 74.801,
shall include labeling and make clear in all sales, marketing, and
packaging materials, including online materials, relating to such
devices that the devices cannot be operated in the U.S.
(l) Any person, whether such person is a wholesaler or a retailer,
who manufactures, sells, leases, or offers for sale or lease low power
auxiliary stations or wireless video assist devices that operate in the
repurposed 600 MHz band is subject to the disclosure requirements in
Sec. 15.216 of this chapter.
0
5. Section 74.861 is amended by adding paragraphs (d)(4) and (e)(7) to
read as follows:
Sec. 74.861 Technical Requirements.
* * * * *
(d) * * *
(4) Effective as of [date of publication of final rule], emissions
within the band from one megahertz below to one megahertz above the
carrier frequency shall comply with the emission mask in Section 8.3 of
ETSI EN 300 422-1, Electromagnetic compatibility and Radio spectrum
Matters (ERM); Wireless microphones in the 25 MHz to 3 GHz frequency
range; part 1: Technical characteristics and methods of measurement.
* * * * *
(e) * * *
(7) Effective as of [date of publication of final rule], emissions
within the band from one megahertz below to one megahertz above the
carrier frequency shall comply with the emission mask in Section 8.3 of
ETSI EN 300 422-1, Electromagnetic compatibility and Radio spectrum
Matters (ERM); Wireless microphones in the 25 MHz to 3 GHz frequency
range; part 1: Technical characteristics and methods of measurement.
* * * * *
[FR Doc. 2014-26675 Filed 11-20-14; 8:45 am]
BILLING CODE 6712-01-P